BA00384P/00/EN/08.16
71316874

Products

Solutions

Valid from software version:
01.00.zz

Operating Instructions
Cerabar M
Deltabar M
Deltapilot M
Process pressure / Differential pressure, Flow /Hydrostatic

Cerabar M

Deltabar M

Deltapilot M

ServicesCerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

1.

Order code: XXXXX-XXXXXX
Ser. no.:XXXXXXXXXXXX
Ext. ord. cd.: XXX.XXXX.XX

Serial number

2.

www.endress.com/deviceviewer

Endress+Hauser Operations App

3.

A0023555

Make sure the document is stored in a safe place such that it is always available whenworking on or with the device.
To avoid danger to individuals or the facility, read the "Basic safety instructions" section
carefully, as well as all other safety instructions in the document that are specific toworking procedures.
The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser distributor will supply you with current information and updates tothese Instructions.

2

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Table of contents
1

Document information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.1
1.2

Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2

Basic safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6

Requirements concerning the staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Workplace safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hazardous area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Product safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

3

Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4

Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Scope of delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
CE mark, Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . 11

4

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8

Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Storage and transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
General installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Installing Cerabar M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Installing Deltabar M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Installing Deltapilot M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Installing profile seal for universal process adapter
37
4.9 Closing the housing cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4.10 Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

5

Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5

Connecting the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Connecting the measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Overvoltage protection (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

6Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4

Operating options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Operation without an operating menu . . . . . . . 46
Operation with an operating menu . . . . . . . . . . 48
FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication protocol .
56

7
7.1
7.2

8

Commissioning with an operating menu
(onsite display/FieldCare) . . . . . . . . . . 71

8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4

Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Pos. zero adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Level measurement (Cerabar M and Deltapilot M)
74
8.5 Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.6 Pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
8.7 Differential pressure measurement (Deltabar M) .
91
8.8 Flow measurement (Deltabar M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
8.9 Level measurement (Deltabar M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
8.10 Overview of the onsite display operating menu . . .
108
8.11 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

9Commissioning with the FF
configuration program . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10

Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Commissioning with FF application . . . . . . . . . 138
Scaling the OUT parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Commissioning with device application . . . . . . 142
Pos. Zero Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Flow measurement (Deltabar M) . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Electrical differential pressure measurement withgauge pressure sensors (Cerabar M or Deltapilot M)
161
9.11 Displaying external values on the onsite display via
FF bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
9.12 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

10Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

10.1 Cleaning instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
10.2 Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

11

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Commissioning without an operating
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
11.7
11.8

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Response of outputs to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Repair of Ex-certified devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

12Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Endress+Hauser

3Document information

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

1Document information

1.1

Document function

These Operating Instructions contain all the information that is required in various phasesof the life cycle of the device: from product identification, incoming acceptance and storage,
to mounting, connection, operation and commissioning through to troubleshooting,
maintenance and disposal.

1.2

Symbols used

1.2.1

Safety symbols

SymbolMeaning

DANGER
A0011189-DE

WARNING
A0011190-DE

CAUTION
A0011191-DE

NOTICE
A0011192-DE

1.2.2

DANGER!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result inseriousor fatal injury.
WARNING!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result inseriousor fatal injury.
CAUTION!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result inminoror medium injury.
NOTICE!
This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result inpersonalinjury.

Electrical symbols

SymbolMeaning

Meaning

Direct current

Alternating current

Direct current and alternating current

Ground connection
A grounded terminal which, as far as
the operator is concerned, is grounded
via a grounding system.

Protective ground connection
A terminal which must be connected
to ground prior to establishing anyother connections.

1.2.3

Symbol)Equipotential connection
A connection that has to be connectedto the plant grounding system: Thismay be a potential equalization line ora star grounding system depending on
national or company codes of practice.

Tool symbols

SymbolMeaning
Allen key
A0011221

Hexagon wrench
A0011222

4

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Document information

1.2.4

Symbols for certain types of information

SymbolMeaning
Permitted
Indicates procedures, processes or actions that are permitted.
A0011182

Forbidden
Indicates procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden.
A0011184

Tip
Indicates additional information.
A0011193

Reference to documentation
A0015482

Reference to page
A0015484

Reference to graphic
A0015487

1. , 2. , ...

Series of steps
Result of a sequence of actions

A0018343

Visual inspection
A0015502

1.2.5

Symbols in graphics

SymbolMeaning

1, 2, 3, 4, ...

Item numbers

1. , 2. , ...

Series of steps

A, B, C, D, ...

Views

1.2.6

Symbols at the device

SymbolMeaning
Safety instructions
Observe the safety instructions contained in the associated Operating Instructions.
A0019159

t>85°C

1.2.7

Connecting cable immunity to temperature change
Indicates that the connecting cables have to withstand a temperature of 85°C at least.

Registered trademarks

KALREZ®, VITON®, TEFLON®
Registered label of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA
TRI-CLAMP®
Registered label of Ladish & Co., Inc., Kenosha, USA
FOUNDATIONTM Fieldbus
Registered trademark of the FieldComm Group, Austin, USA
GORE-TEX®
Registered label of W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc., USA
Endress+Hauser

5Basic safety instructions

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

2

Basic safety instructions

2.1

Requirements concerning the staff

The personnel for installation, commissioning, diagnostics and maintenance must fulfill thefollowing requirements:• Trained, qualified specialists: must have a relevant qualification for this specific function
and task• Are authorized by the plant owner/operator• Are familiar with federal/national regulations• Before beginning work, the specialist staff must have read and understood the instructionsin the Operating Instructions and supplementary documentation as well as in thecertificates (depending on the application)• Following instructions and basic conditions
The operating personnel must fulfill the following requirements:• Being instructed and authorized according to the requirements of the task by the facility'sowner-operator• Following the instructions in these Operating Instructions

2.2

Designated use

The Cerabar M is a pressure transmitter for measuring level and pressure.
The Deltabar M is a differential pressure transmitter for measuring differential pressure,flow and level.
The Deltapilot M is a hydrostatic pressure sensor for measuring level and pressure.

2.2.1

Incorrect use

The manufacturer is not liable for damage caused by improper or non-designated use.
Verification for borderline cases:
For special fluids and fluids for cleaning, Endress+Hauser is glad to provide assistance inverifying the corrosion resistance of fluid-wetted materials, but does not accept any
warranty or liability.

2.3

Workplace safety

For work on and with the device:• Wear the required personal protective equipment according to federal/national
regulations.
• Switch off the supply voltage before connecting the device.

2.4

Operational safety

Risk of injury!
‣ Operate the device in proper technical condition and fail-safe condition only.
‣ The operator is responsible for interference-free operation of the device.
‣ Only disassemble the device in pressurless condition!
Conversions to the device
Unauthorized modifications to the device are not permitted and can lead to unforeseeable
dangers:‣ If, despite this, modifications are required, consult with Endress+Hauser.
RepairTo ensure continued operational safety and reliability,
6

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Basic safety instructions‣ Carry out repairs on the device only if they are expressly permitted.
‣ Observe federal/national regulations pertaining to repair of an electrical device.
‣ Use original spare parts and accessories from Endress+Hauser only.
2.5

Hazardous area

To eliminate a danger for persons or for the facility when the device is used in the hazardous
area (e.g. explosion protection, pressure vessel safety):• Based on the nameplate, check whether the ordered device is permitted for the intended
use in the hazardous area.
• Observe the specifications in the separate supplementary documentation that is an
integral part of these Instructions.

2.6

Product safety

This measuring device is designed in accordance with good engineering practice to meetstate-of-the- art safety requirements, has been tested, and left the factory in a condition inwhich they are safe to operate. It fulfills general safety requirements and legal requirements.
It also conforms to the EC directives listed in the device-specific EC declaration of conformity.
Endress+Hauser confirms this fact by applying the CE mark.

Endress+Hauser

7

Identification

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

3

Identification

3.1

Product identification

The following options are available for identification of the measuring device:• Nameplate specifications• Order code with breakdown of the device features on the delivery note
• Enter serial numbers from nameplates in W@M Device Viewer(www.endress.com/deviceviewer): All information about the measuring device isdisplayed.
For an overview of the technical documentation provided, enter the serial number from thenameplates in the W@M Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer).

3.2

Device designation

3.2.1

Nameplate• The MWP (maximum working pressure) is specified on the nameplate. This value refers
to a reference temperature of 20°C (68°F) or 100°F (38 °C) for ANSI flanges.
• The pressure values permitted at higher temperatures can be found in the following
standards:– EN 1092-1: 2001 Tab. 18 1)– ASME B 16.5a – 1998 Tab. 2-2.2 F316
– ASME B 16.5a – 1998 Tab. 2.3.8 N10276– JIS B 2220
• The test pressure corresponds to the over pressure limit (OPL) of the device = MWP x 1.5
2).
• The Pressure Equipment Directive (EC Directive 97/23/EC) uses the abbreviation "PS". The
abbreviation "PS" corresponds to the MWP (maximum working pressure) of the measuring
device.
1)2)8With regard to their stability-temperature property, the materials 1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped together
under 13EO in EN 1092-1 Tab. 18. The chemical composition of the two materials can be identical.
The equation does not apply for PMP51 and PMP55 with a 40 bar (600 psi) or a 100 bar (1500 psi) measuring
cell.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Identification

Aluminum housing

1

2

Order code:
Ext. order code:
250002755-C

MWP
P

8
11

5

6

13

12

17

Mat.:

4
9

U=
ex works FW:
Dev.Rev.:

3
7Ser. no.:
Span
L=

18

10
16

14
15

18

250002756-E

Made in Germany, D-79689 Maulburg

A0030017

Fig. 1:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Nameplate

Device name
Order code (for re-orders)Serial number (for identification)
Extended order code (complete)
MWP (maximum working pressure)Electronic version (output signal)
Min./max. span
Nominal measuring range
Supply voltage
Unit of length
ID number of notified body with regard to ATEX (optional)
ID number of notified body with regard to Pressure Equipment Directive (optional)
Approvals
Device version
Software version
Degree of protection
Wetted materials
Approval-specific information

Devices suitable for oxygen applications are fitted with an additional nameplate.

Bei Sauerstoffeinsatz/
for oxygen service
Pmax
Tmax

1

2

3
A0030019

Fig. 2:
1
2
3

Endress+Hauser

Additional nameplate for devices suitable for oxygen applications
Maximum pressure for oxygen applications
Maximum temperature for oxygen applications
Layout identification of the nameplate9

Identification

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Stainless steel housing, hygienic

7

L=
Made in Germany,
D-79689 Maulburg

p

2
3
4
5

MWP

4
6

16

Dev.Rev.:

17

12

4
13 12

002757-A

Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. order code:

9
10
11

U=
Span
Mat.:

ex works FW

14

15

18

002758-C1

8A0030021

Fig. 3:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Nameplate for Cerabar M and Deltapilot M

Device name
Order code (for re-orders)Serial number (for identification)
Extended order code (complete)
Nominal measuring range
MWP (maximum working pressure)
Length data
Electronic version (output signal)
Supply voltage
Min./max. span
Wetted materials
Approval-specific information
ID number of notified body with regard to ATEX (optional)
ID number of notified body with regard to Pressure Equipment Directive (optional)
Approvals
Software version
Device version
Degree of protection

Devices with certificates are fitted with an additional plate.

1002759-B

1A0030024

Fig. 4:
1

Additional nameplate for devices with certificates

Approval-specific information

3.2.2

Identifying the sensor typeIn the case of gauge pressure sensors, the "Pos. zero adjust" parameter appears in theoperating menu ("Setup" -> "Pos. zero adjust").
In the case of absolute pressure sensors, the "Calib. offset" parameter appears in theoperating menu ("Setup" -> "Calib. offset").

10Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

3.3

Identification

Scope of delivery

The scope of delivery comprises:• Device• Optional accessories
Documentation supplied:• The Operating Instructions BA00384P is available on the Internet.
See: www.endress.com Download• Brief Operating Instructions: KA01032P Cerabar M / KA01029P Deltabar M / KA01035P
Deltapilot M• Final inspection report• Additional Safety Instructions for ATEX, IECEx and NEPSI devices• Optional: factory calibration form, test certificates

3.4

CE mark, Declaration of Conformity

The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been tested andleft the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with theapplicable standards and regulations as listed in the EC Declaration of Conformity and thus
comply with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms theconformity of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.

Endress+Hauser

11

Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4

Installation

4.1

Incoming acceptance• Check the packaging and the contents for damage.
• Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply matches
your order.

4.2

Storage and transport

4.2.1

Storage

The device must be stored in a dry, clean area and protected against damage from impact(EN 837-2).
Storage temperature range:
See Technical Information for Cerabar M TI00436P / Deltabar M TI00434P / Deltapilot M
TI00437P.

4.2.2!

Transport

WARNING

Incorrect transportation
Housing, diaphragm and capillaries may become damaged, and there is a risk of injury!
‣ Transport the measuring device to the measuring point in its original packaging or by theprocess connection.
‣ Follow the safety instructions and transport conditions for devices weighing more than
18 kg (39.6 lbs).
‣ Do not use capillaries as a carrying aid for the diaphragm seals.

4.3

Installation conditions

4.3.1

Dimensions

For dimensions, please refer to the Technical Information for Cerabar M TI00436P /Deltabar M TI00434P / Deltapilot M TI00437P, "Mechanical construction" section.

12

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.4

Installation

General installation instructions• Devices with a G 1 1/2 thread:
When screwing the device into the tank, the flat seal has to be positioned on the sealing
surfaceof the process connection. To avoid additional strain on the process isolating diaphragm,
the thread should never be sealed with hemp or similar materials.
• Devices with NPT threads:– Wrap Teflon tape around the thread to seal it.
– Tighten the device at the hexagonal bolt only. Do not turn at the housing.
– Do not overtighten the thread when screwing. Max. torque: 20 to 30 Nm (14.75 to
22.13 lbf ft)

4.4.1
!

Mounting sensor modules with PVDF thread

WARNING

Risk of damage to process connection!
Risk of injury!
‣ Sensor modules with PVDF process connections with threaded connection must be
installed with the mounting bracket provided!
!

WARNING

Material fatigue from pressure and temperature!
Risk of injury if parts burst! The thread can become loose if exposed to high pressure andtemperatures.
‣ The integrity of the thread must be checked regularly and the thread may need to be retightened with the maximum tightening torque of 7 Nm (5.16 lbf ft). Teflon tape isrecommended for sealing the ½" NPT thread.

Endress+Hauser

13Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.5

Installing Cerabar M• Due to the orientation of the Cerabar M, there may be a shift in the zero point, i.e. when
the container is empty or partially full, the measured value does not display zero. You cancorrect this zero point shift  ä 47, Section "Function of the operating elements" or ä 73, Section 8.3 "Pos. zero adjust".
• For PMP55, please refer to Section 4.5.2 "Installation instructions for devices withdiaphragm seals – PMP55",  ä 17.
• Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing on pipes or walls.
 ä 21, Section 4.5.5 "Wall and pipe mounting (optional)".

4.5.1

Installation instructions for devices without diaphragm seals –PMP51, PMC51

NOTICE

Damage to the device!
If a heated Cerabar M is cooled during the cleaning process (e.g. by cold water), a vacuum
develops for a short time, whereby moisture can penetrate the sensor through the pressurecompensation (1).
‣ If this is the case, mount the Cerabar M with the pressure compensation (1) pointing
downwards.
1

11• Keep the pressure compensation and GORE-TEX® filter (1) free from contamination.
• Cerabar M transmitters without diaphragm seals are mounted as per the norms for amanometer (DIN EN 837-2). We recommend the use of shutoff devices and siphons. The
orientation depends on the measuring application.
• Do not clean or touch process isolating diaphragms with hard or pointed objects.
• The device must be installed as follows in order to comply with the cleanability
requirements of the ASME-BPE (Part SD Cleanability):

14

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Installation

Pressure measurement in gases

1
2

A0028473

Fig. 5:
1
2

Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement in gases
Cerabar M
Shutoff device

Mount the Cerabar M with the shutoff device above the tapping point so that any condensate
can flow into the process.
Pressure measurement in steams

1
2
1
2
4

3

A0028474

Fig. 6:1
2
3
4

Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement in steams
Cerabar M
Shutoff device
U-shaped siphon
Circular siphon• Mount Cerabar M with siphon above the tapping point.
• Fill the siphon with liquid before commissioning.
The siphon reduces the temperature to almost the ambient temperature.

Endress+Hauser

15

Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure measurement in liquids

1
2

3
A0028491

Fig. 7:
1
2

Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement in liquids
Cerabar M
Shutoff device• Mount Cerabar M with shutoff device below or at the same level as the tapping point.
Level measurement

A0028492

Fig. 8:

Measuring arrangement for level• Always install the Cerabar M below the lowest measuring point.
• Do not mount the device in the filling curtain or at a point in the tank which could be
affected by pressure pulses from an agitator.
• Do not mount the device in the suction area of a pump.
• The calibration and functional test can be carried out more easily if you mount the device
downstream of a shutoff device.

16

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.5.2

Installation

Installation instructions for devices with diaphragm seals –PMP55• Cerabar M devices with diaphragm seals are screwed in, flanged or clamped, depending on
the type of diaphragm seal.
• Please note that the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid columns in the capillaries can cause
zero point shift. The zero point shift can be corrected.
• Do not clean or touch the process isolating diaphragm of the diaphragm seal with hard or
pointed objects.
• Do not remove process isolating diaphragm protection until shortly before installation.
NOTICE

Improper handling!
Damage to the device!
‣ A diaphragm seal and the pressure transmitter together form a closed, oil-filledcalibrated system. The fill fluid hole is sealed and may not be opened.
‣ When using a mounting bracket, sufficient strain relief must be ensured for thecapillaries in order to prevent the capillary bending down (bending radius 100(3.94 in)).
‣ Please observe the application limits of the diaphragm seal filling oil as detailed in theTechnical Information for Cerabar M TI00436P, "Planning instructions for diaphragm
seal systems" section.
NOTICE

In order to obtain more precise measurement results and to avoid a defect in the device,
mount the capillaries as follows:‣ Vibration-free (in order to avoid additional pressure fluctuations)‣ Not in the vicinity of heating or cooling lines‣ Insulate if the ambient temperature is below or above the reference temperature‣ With a bending radius of  100 mm (3.94 in).
‣ Do not use the capillaries as a carrying aid for the diaphragm seals!

Endress+Hauser

17Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Vacuum application
For applications under vacuum, Endress+Hauser recommends mounting the pressuretransmitter below the diaphragm seal. This prevents vacuum loading of the diaphragm sealcaused by the presence of fill fluid in the capillary.
When the pressure transmitter is mounted above the diaphragm seal, the maximum height
difference H1 in accordance with the illustrations below must not be exceeded.

H1

A0023994

Fig. 9:Installation above the lower diaphragm seal

The maximum height difference depends on the density of the filling oil and the smallest
ever pressure that is permitted to occur at the diaphragm seal (empty vessel), see illustration
below:
[m]
12.0
1
10.0
2
8.0
3
A 6.0
4
4.0
5
2.0
0.0
50 100 200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900 1000[mbarabs]

B
A0023986-en

Fig. 10:
A
B
1
2
3
4
5

18

Diagram of maximum installation height above the lower diaphragm seal for vacuum applications depending on thepressure at the diaphragm seal on the positive side
Height difference H1
Pressure at diaphragm seal
Low temperature oil
Vegetable oil
Silicone oil
High-temperature oil
Inert oilEndress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Installation

Mounting with temperature isolator
Endress+Hauser recommends the use of temperature isolators in the event of constantextreme medium temperatures which lead to the maximum permissible electronics
temperature of +85 °C (+185°F) being exceeded.
Depending on the filling oil used, diaphragm seal systems with temperature isolators can beused for maximum temperatures of up to 400 °C (+752 °F). For the temperatureapplication limits, see technical Information, "Diaphragm seal filling oils" section.
To minimize the influence of rising heat, Endress+Hauser recommends the device bemounted horizontally or with the housing pointing downwards. The additional installation
height also brings about a maximum zero point shift of 21 mbar (0.315 psi) due to thehydrostatic column in the temperature isolator. You can correct this zero point shift at thedevice.
The temperature restrictions are lowest with an insulation height of 30 mm (1.18 inch).
Full insulation exhibits virtually the same behavior as no insulation!
The temperature limits with an insulation height of 30 mm (1.18 inch) are illustrated in thefollowing graphic.

A

B

C
1
2

Tp [°C]B [°F]

G

D

E

F

+752

+400

+662

+350

+572

+300

+482

+250

+392

+200

+302

+150

+212

+100

+122

+50

+32

0

-58

-50

-148

-100
-60

-40

-20

0

+20

+40

+60

+80

+100

-76

-40

-4

+32

+68

+104

+140

+176

+212

[°C]
Ta
[°F]

A
A0031354

Fig. 11:
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1
2

Endress+Hauser

Ambient temperature: 85 °C (185 °F)
Process temperature: max. 400 °C (752 °F), depending on the filling oil used
Device with temperature isolator, material 316L (1.4404)
Without isolation
Maximum isolation
30 mm (1.18. inch) isolation
Without isolation, maximum isolation, 30 mm (1.18. inch) isolation
Isolation heigth 30 mm (1.18. inch)
Isolation material

19Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.5.3

Seal for flange mounting

NOTICE

Corrupted measurement results.
The seal is not allowed to press against the process isolating diaphragm as this could affectthe measurement result.
‣ Ensure that the seal is not touching the process isolating diaphragm.

1

2

A0017743

Fig. 12:1
Process isolating diaphragm
2
Seal

4.5.4

Thermal insulation – PMP55

The PMP55 may only be insulated up to a certain height. The maximum permitted
insulation height is indicated on the devices and applies to an insulation material with a heat
conductivity  0.04 W/(m x K) and to the maximum permitted ambient and processtemperature. The data were determined under the most critical application "quiescent air".

A
1

2

B
A0020474

Fig. 13:
A
B
1
2

20

Maximum permitted insulation height, here indicated on a PMP55 with a flange
Ambient temperature: 70 °C (158°F)
Process temperature: max. 400 °C (752°F), depending on the diaphragm seal filling oil used
Maximum permitted insulation height
Insulation material

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Installation

4.5.5

Wall and pipe mounting (optional)

Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installation on pipes or walls (for pipe
diameters from 1 ¼" to 2").

122 (4.8)
158 (6.22)

ø6 (0.24)

52 (2.05)

86 (3.39)

70 (2.76)

ø42...60 (1.65...2.36)

140 (5.51)
175 (6.89)
A0028493

Engineering unit mm (in)Please note the following when mounting:• Devices with capillary tubes: mount capillaries with a bending radius 100 mm (3.94 in).
• When mounting on a pipe, tighten the nuts on the bracket uniformly with a torque of atleast 5 Nm (3.69 lbs ft).

Endress+Hauser

21

Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.5.6

Assembling and mounting the "separate housing" version

7
6
5
4
3
2

1
r ³ 120 (4.72)

7

A0028494

Fig. 14:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

"Separate housing" version
In the case of the "separate housing" version, the sensor is delivered with the process connection and cable ready mounted.
Cable with connection jackPressure compensation
Connector
Locking screw
Housing mounted with housing adapter, included
Mounting bracket provided, suitable for pipe and wall mounting (for pipe diameters from 1 ¼" up to 2")

Engineering unit mm (in)Assembly and mounting
1.

Insert the connector (item 4) into the corresponding connection jack of the cable(item 2).

2.

Plug the cable into the housing adapter (item 6).

3.

Tighten the locking screw (item 5).

4.

Mount the housing on a wall or pipe using the mounting bracket (item 7).
When mounting on a pipe, tighten the nuts on the bracket uniformly with a torque ofat least 5 Nm (3.69 lbs ft).
Mount the cable with a bending radius (r) 120 mm (4.72 in).

Routing the cable (e.g. through a pipe)
You require the cable shortening kit.
Order number: 71093286
For details on mounting, see SD00553P/00/A6.

22

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Installation

4.5.7

PMP51, version prepared for diaphragm seal mount –welding recommendation

1

2

3

ø2.5 (0.1)ø7.95 (0.31)

5 (0.2)

A1

A0028495

Fig. 15:
1
2
3
A1

Version XSJ: prepared for diaphragm seal mountHole for fill fluid
Bearing
Setscrew
See the "Welding recommendation" table below

Engineering unit mm (in)Endress+Hauser recommends welding on the diaphragm seal as follows for the "XSJ prepared for diaphragm seal mount" version in feature 110 "Process connection" in the ordercode up to, and including, 40 bar (600 psi) sensors: the total welding depth of the fillet weld
is 1 mm (0.04 in) with an outer diameter of 16 mm (0.63 in). Welding is performed
according to the WIG method.
Consecutive seamno.
A1
for sensors
 40 bar (600 psi)

Sketch/welding groove shape,
dimension as per DIN 8551

s1 a0.8

Base material matching

Welding method
DIN EN ISO 24063

Welding
position

Inert gas,
additives

Adapter made of AISI 316L
(1.4435) to be welded todiaphragm seal made of
AISI 316L (1.4435 or 1.4404)

141

PB

Inert gas
Ar/H 95/5
Additive:
ER 316L Si(1.4430)

A0024811

Information on filling
The diaphragm seal must be filled as soon as it has been welded on.
• After welded into the process connection, the sensor assembly must be properly filled witha filling oil and sealed gas-tight with a sealing ball and lock screw.
Once the diaphragm seal has been filled, at the zero point the device display should notexceed 10% of the full scale value of the cell measuring range. The internal pressure of thediaphragm seal must be corrected accordingly.
• Adjustment / calibration:– The device is operational once it has been fully assembled.
– Perform a reset. The device must then be calibrated to the process measuring range as
described in the Operating Instructions.

Endress+Hauser

23

Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.6

Installing Deltabar M

NOTICE

Incorrect handling!
Damage of the device!
‣ Disassembly of the screws with item number (1) is not permissible under any
circumstances and will result in loss of warranty.

1

4.6.1

Installation position• Due to the orientation of the Deltabar M, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the measured value does not display zero. You may correct
this zero point shift by a position adjustment in one of the following ways:– via the operation keys on the electronics module ( ä 47, "Function of the operating
elements")– via the operating menu ( ä 73, "Pos. zero adjust")• General recommendations for routing the impulse piping can be found in DIN 19210"Methods for measurement of fluid flow; differential piping for flow measurement devices"or the corresponding national or international standards.
• Using a three-valve or five-valve manifold allows for easy commissioning, installation andmaintenance without interrupting the process.
• When routing the impulse piping outdoors, ensure that sufficient anti-freeze protection isused, e.g. by using pipe heat tracing.
• Install the impulse piping with a monotonic gradient of at least 10%.
• Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing on pipes or walls ( ä 29, "Walland pipe-mounting (option)").
Installation position for flow measurement

For more information about differential pressure flow measurement refer to following
documents:• Differential pressure flow measurements with orifices: Technical Information TI00422P• Differential pressure flow measurement with Pitot tubes: Technical Information TI00425P

24

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Installation

Flow measurement in gases

3
4
2

– +
1
A0029783

Measuring layout for flow measurement in gases
12
3
4

Orifice plate or pitot tube
Shut-off valves
Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold• Mount the Deltabar M above the measuring point so that the condensate which may bepresent, can run off into the process piping.
Flow measurement in steam

2
1

3
4
5

+

–

6
7

A0029784

Measuring layout for flow measurement in steam
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Orifice plate or pitot tube
Condensate traps
Shut-off valves
Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Separator
Drain valves• Mount the Deltabar M below the measuring point.
• Mount the condensate traps at the same level as the tapping points and at the same
distance to the Deltabar M.
• Prior to commissioning, fill the impulse piping to the height of the condensate traps.

Endress+Hauser

25

Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Flow measurement in liquids

1

2
3
4

–

+
5
6

A0029785

Measuring layout for flow measurement in liquids
1
2
3
4
5
6

Orifice plate or pitot tube
Shut-off valves
Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Separator
Drain valves• Mount the Deltabar M below the measuring point so that the impulse piping is always
filled with liquid and gas bubbles can run back into the process piping.
• When measuring in media with solid parts, such as dirty liquids, installing separators anddrain valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.
Installation position for level measurement
Level measurement in an open container
patm

+

min.
4
5

2
3

–
1 patm
A0029787

Measuring layout for level measurement in open containers
1
2
3
4
5

The low-pressure side is open to atmospheric pressure
Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Separator
Drain valve• Mount the Deltabar M below the lower measuring connection so that the impulse piping
is always filled with liquid.
• The low-pressure side is open to atmospheric pressure.
• When measuring in media with solid parts, such as dirty liquids, installing separators anddrain valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.

26

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Installation

Level measurement in a closed container

max.

–
1

min.

+
2
4
5

3

–
A0029790

Measuring layout for level measurement in a closed container
1
2
3
4
5

Shut-off valves
Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Separator
Drain valves• Mount the Deltabar M below the lower measuring connection so that the impulse piping
is always filled with liquid.
• Always connect the low-pressure side above the maximum level.
• When measuring in media with solid parts, such as dirty liquids, installing separators anddrain valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.
Level measurement in a closed container with superimposed steam

max.

–

1
2

min.

+
3
6
5

4

–
A0029791

Measuring layout for level measurement in a container with superimposed steam
1
2
3
4
5
6

Condensate trap
Shut-off valves
Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Separator
Drain valves• Mount the Deltabar M below the lower measuring connection so that the impulse piping
is always filled with liquid.
• Always connect the low-pressure side above the maximum level.
• A condensate trap ensures constant pressure on the low-pressure side.
Endress+Hauser

27

Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M• When measuring in media with solid parts, such as dirty liquids, installing separators anddrain valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.
Installation position for differential pressure measurement
Differential pressure measurement in gases and steam

1
2

+
3
4

A0029792

Measuring layout for differential pressure measurement in gases and steam
12
34Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Shut-off valvese.g. filter• Mount the Deltabar M above the measuring point so that the condensate which may bepresent, can run off into the process piping.
Differential pressure measurement in liquids

1
2

+
3
6
5

4

A0029798

Measuring layout for differential pressure measurement in liquids
1
2
3
4
5
6

e.g. filter
Shut-off valves
Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Separator
Drain valves• Mount the Deltabar M below the measuring point so that the impulse piping is always
filled with liquid and gas bubbles can run back into the process piping.
• When measuring in media with solid parts, such as dirty liquids, installing separators anddrain valves is useful for capturing and removing sediment.

28

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.6.2

Installation

Wall and pipe-mounting (option)

Endress+Hauser offers the following mounting brackets for installing the device on pipes orwalls:
Standard design

Heavy duty design

A0031326

A0031327

When using a valve block, the block's dimensions must be taken into account.
Bracket for wall and pipe mounting including retaining bracket for pipe mounting and twonuts.
material of the screws used to secure the device depend on the order code.
Technical data (e.g. dimensions or order numbers for screws) see accessory document
SD01553P/00/EN.
Please note the following when mounting:• To prevent the mounting screws from scoring, lubricate them with a multi-purpose greaseprior to mounting.
• In the case of pipe mounting, the nuts on the bracket must be tightened uniformly with atorque of at least 30 Nm (22.13 lbf ft).
• For installation purposes, only use the screws with item number (2) (see the following
diagram).

Endress+Hauser

29

Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

NOTICE

Incorrect handling!
Damage of the device!
‣ Disassembly of the screws with item number (1) is not permissible under any
circumstances and will result in loss of warranty.

2
2

1

1

2
1
A0024167.eps

30Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Installation

Typical installation arrangements

3

B

A

4
3

1
2
C

4

1

1

2
3

4

A0023109

Abb. 16:
A
B
C
1
2
3
4

Endress+Hauser

Impulse line vertical, version V1, alignment 90°
Impulse line horizontal, version H1, alignment 180°
Impulse line horizontal, version H2, alignment 90°
Deltabar M
Adapter plate
Mounting bracket
Pressure line

31Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.7

Installing Deltapilot M• Due to the orientation of the Deltapilot M, there may be a shift in the zero point, i.e. when
the container is empty or partially full, the measured value does not display zero. You cancorrect this zero point shift  ä 47, Section "Function of the operating elements" or ä 73, Section 8.3 "Pos. zero adjust".
• The local display can be rotated in 90° stages.
• Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing on pipes or walls.
 ä 21, Section 4.5.5 "Wall and pipe mounting (optional)".

4.7.1

General installation instructions• Do not clean or touch process isolating diaphragms with hard or pointed objects.
• The process isolating diaphragm in the rod and cable version is protected against
mechanical damage by a plastic cap.
• If a heated Deltapilot M is cooled during the cleaning process (e.g. by cold water), a vacuum
develops for a short time, whereby moisture can penetrate the sensor through thepressure compensation (1). If this is the case, mount the Deltapilot M with the pressurecompensation (1) pointing downwards.
1

11• Keep the pressure compensation and GORE-TEX® filter (1) free from contamination.
• The device must be installed as follows in order to comply with the cleanability
requirements of the ASME-BPE (Part SD Cleanibility).:32

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.7.2

Installation

FMB50

Level measurement

A0028492

Fig. 17:

Measuring arrangement for level• Always install the device below the lowest measuring point.
• Do not install the device at the following positions:– in the filling curtain– in the tank outflow– in the suction area of a pump
– or at a point in the tank that can be affected by pressure pulses from the agitator• The calibration and functional test can be carried out more easily if you mount the device
downstream of a shutoff device.
• Deltapilot M must be included in the insulation for media that can harden when cold.
Pressure measurement in gases• Mount Deltapilot M with shutoff device above the tapping point so that any condensate
can flow into the process.
Pressure measurement in steams• Mount Deltapilot M with siphon above the tapping point.
• Fill the siphon with liquid before commissioning.
The siphon reduces the temperature to almost the ambient temperature.
Pressure measurement in liquids• Mount Deltapilot M with the shutoff device below or at the same level as the tapping point.

Endress+Hauser

33

Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.7.3

FMB51/FMB52/FMB53

4.7.4

E
L

17 (0.67)• When mounting rod and cable versions, make sure that the probe head is located at a point
as free as possible from flow. To protect the probe from impact resulting from lateral
movement, mount the probe in a guide tube (preferably made of plastic) or secure it witha clamping fixture.
• In the case of devices for hazardous areas, comply strictly with the safety instructions
when the housing cover is open.
• The length of the extension cable or the probe rod is based on the planned level zero point.
The height of the protective cap must be taken into consideration when designing thelayout of the measuring point. The level zero point (E) corresponds to the position of theprocess isolating diaphragm.
Level zero point = E; top of the probe = L.

Mounting the FMB53 with a suspension clamp

1

2

3

A0018793

Fig. 18:
1
2
3

Mounting with a suspension clamp
Extension cable
Suspension clamp
Clamping jaws

Mounting the suspension clamp:
1. Mount the suspension clamp (item 2). When selecting the place to fix the unit, take theweight of the extension cable (item 1) and the device into account.
2. Raise the clamping jaws (item 3). Position the extension cable (item 1) between theclamping jaws as illustrated in Figure.
3. Hold the extension cable in position (item 1) and push the clamping jaws (item 3) backdown.
Tap the clamping jaws gently from above to fix them in place.
34

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Installation

4.7.5

Seal for flange mounting

NOTICE

Distorted measurement results.
The seal is not allowed to press on the process isolating diaphragm as this could affect themeasurement result.
‣ Ensure that the seal is not touching the process isolating diaphragm.

1

2

A0017743

Fig. 19:
1
Process isolating diaphragm
2
Seal

4.7.6

Wall and pipe mounting (optional)

Mounting bracket
Endress+Hauser offers a mounting bracket for installing on pipes or walls (for pipes from 1
1/4" up to 2" diameter).

122 (4.8)
158 (6.22)

ø6 (0.24)

52 (2.05)

86 (3.39)

70 (2.76)

ø42...60 (1.65...2.36)

140 (5.51)
175 (6.89)
A0028493

Maßeinheit mm (in)In the case of pipe mounting, the nuts on the bracket must be tightened uniformly with atorque of at least 5 Nm (3.69 lbf ft).

Endress+Hauser

35

Installation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

4.7.7

Assembling and mounting the "separate housing" version

7
6
5
4
3
2

1
r ³ 120 (4.72)

7

A0028494

Fig. 20:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

"Separate housing" version
In the case of the "separate housing" version, the sensor is delivered with the process connection and cable ready mounted.
Cable with connection jackPressure compensation
Connector
Locking screw
Housing mounted with housing adapter, included
Mounting bracket provided, suitable for pipe and wall mounting (for pipes from 1 1/4" up to 2" diameter)

Maßeinheit mm (in)Assembly and mounting
1.

Insert the connector (item 4) into the corresponding connection jack of the cable (item2).

2.

Plug the cable into the housing adapter (item 6).

3.

Tighten the locking screw (item 5).

4.

Mount the housing on a wall or pipe using the mounting bracket (item 7).
When mounting on a pipe, tighten the nuts on the bracket uniformly with a torque ofat least 5 Nm (3.69 lbf ft).
Mount the cable with a bending radius (r) 120 mm (4.72 in).

Routing the cable (e.g. through a pipe)
You require the cable shortening kit.
Order number: 71093286
For details on mounting, see SD00553P/00/A6.

4.7.8

Supplementary installation instructions

Sealing the probe housing• Moisture must not penetrate the housing when mounting the device, establishing theelectrical connection and during operation.
• Always firmly tighten the housing cover and the cable entries.

36

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Installation

4.8

Installing profile seal for universal process adapter

For mounting details, see KA00096F/00/A3.

4.9

Closing the housing cover

NOTICE

Devices with EPDM cover seal - transmitter leakiness!
Mineral-based, animal-based or vegetable-based lubricants cause the EPDM cover seal toswell and the transmitter to become leaky.
‣ The thread is coated at the factory and therefore does not require any lubrication.
NOTICEThe housing cover can no longer be closed.
Damaged thread!
‣ When closing the housing cover, please ensure that the thread of the cover and housing
are free from dirt, e.g. sand.If you feel any resistance when closing the cover, check thethread on both again to ensure that they are free from dirt.

4.9.1

Closing the cover on the stainless steel housing

A0028497

Fig. 21:

Closing the cover

The cover for the electronics compartment is tightened by hand at the housing until the stop.
The screw serves as DustEx protection (only available for devices with DustEx approval).

4.10

Post-installation checkO

Is the device undamaged (visual inspection)?

O

Does the device comply with the measuring point specifications?
For example:• Process temperature• Process pressure• Ambient temperature range• Measuring range

Endress+HauserO

Are the measuring point identification and labeling correct (visual inspection)?

O

Is the device adequately protected against precipitation and direct sunlight?

O

Are the securing screw and securing clamp tightened securely?

37

Electrical connection

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

5Electrical connection

5.1

Connecting the device!

WARNING

Supply voltage might be connected!
Risk of electric shock and/or explosion!
‣ Ensure that no uncontrolles processes are activated in the system.
‣ Switch off the supply voltage before connecting the device.
‣ When using the measuring device in hazardous areas, installation must comply with thecorresponding national standards and regulations and the Safety Instructions or
Installation or Control Drawings.
‣ A suitable circuit breaker must be provided for the device in accordance with
IEC/EN61010.
‣ Devices with integrated overvoltage protection must be grounded.
‣ Protective circuits against reverse polarity, HF influences and overvoltage peaks areintegrated.
Connect the device in the following order:
1. Check that the supply voltage corresponds to the supply voltage indicated on the
nameplate.
2. Switch off the supply voltage before connecting the device.
3. Remove housing cover.
4. Guide the cable through the gland. Preferably use a twisted, shielded two-wire cable.
5. Connect the device in accordance with the following diagram.
6. Screw down the housing cover.
7. Switch on the supply voltage.

1

1

4

- +
2

3
A0029967

FOUNDATION Fieldbus electrical connection
1
2
3
4

38

Terminals for supply voltage and signal
Grounding terminal
Supply voltage: 9 to 32 VDC (Power conditioner)
External ground terminal

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

5.1.1

Electrical connection

Devices with 7/8" plug

PIN assignment for 7/8" connector

1

3

2

4

PIN

Meaning

1

Signal –2

Signal +3

Not assigned

4

ShieldA0011176

5.2

Connecting the measuring unit

5.2.1

Supply voltage

Electronic version
FOUNDATION Fieldbus,
version for non-hazardous areas

9 to 32 V DC

For further information on the network structure and grounding and for further bus systemcomponents such as bus cables, see the relevant documentation, e.g. Operating Instructions
BA00013S "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" and the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline.

5.2.2

Current consumption

16 mA ±1 mA, switch-on current corresponds to IEC 61158-2, Clause 21.

5.2.3

Terminals• Supply voltage and internal ground terminal: 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG)
• External ground terminal: 0.5 to 4 mm2 (20 to 12 AWG)

5.2.4

Cable specification• Endress+Hauser recommends using twisted, shielded two-wire cables.
• Cable outer diameter: 5 to 9 mm (0.2 to 0.35 in)

For further information on the cable specifications, see Operating Instructions BA00013S"FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview", FOUNDATION Fieldbus Guideline and IEC 61158-2(MBP).

Endress+Hauser

39

Electrical connection

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

5.2.5

Shielding/potential equalization• You achieve optimum shielding against disturbances if the shielding is connected on bothsides (in the cabinet and on the device). If potential equalization currents are expected in
the plant, only ground shielding on one side, preferably at the transmitter.
• When using in hazardous areas, you must observe the applicable regulations.
Separate Ex documentation with additional technical data and instructions is included
with all Ex systems as standard.

5.3

Potential equalization

Hazardous area applications: Connect all devices to the local potential equalization.
Observe the applicable regulations.

40

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

5.4

Electrical connection

Overvoltage protection (optional)

Devices showing version "NA" in feature 610 "Mounted accessories" in the order code are
equipped with a surge arrester (see Technical Information "Ordering information" section").
The surge arrester is mounted at the factory on the housing thread for the cable gland andis approx. 70 mm (2.76 in) in length (take additional length into account when installing).
The device is connected as specified in the following graphic. For details refer to
TI001013KEN, XA01003KA3 and BA00304KA2.

5.4.1

Wiring

+
A

3

1
+
B

-

2

rt
sw

4

+
-

A0023111

Fig. 22:
A
B
1
2
3
4

Endress+Hauser

Without direct shield grounding
With direct shield grounding
Incoming connection cable
HAW569-DA2B
Unit to be protected
Connection cable41

Electrical connection

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

5.4.2

Installation

0.4 Nm (0.30 lbf ft)
1max. 1.5 mm² (16 AWG)

max. 2.5 mm² (14 AWG)

max. 3.75 Nm (2.77 lbf ft)

min. 1.5 mm² (16 AWG)
10 (0.4)A
5 (0.2)15 (0.6)+

2
3

10 (0.4)B
5 (0.2)7 (0.28)2+

3

A0028499

Fig. 23:
A
B
1
2
3

Without shield grounding
With shield grounding
See NOTICE below
Red
Black

Engineering unit mm (in)NOTICE

Screw connection glued at factory!
Damage to the device and/or surge arrester!
‣ When releasing/tightening the union nut use a wrench to hold the screw steady so it
does not turn.

42

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

5.5

Electrical connection

Post-connection check

Perform the following checks after completing electrical installation of the device:• Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate?
• Is the device properly connected?
• Are all screws firmly tightened?
• Are the housing covers screwed down tight?
As soon as voltage is applied to the device, the green LED on the electronic insert lights up
briefly or the connected onsite display lights up.

Endress+Hauser

43

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6Operation

6.1

Operating options

6.1.1

Operation without operating menu

Operating options

Explanation

Local operation
without device display

The device is operated using
the operating key and DIP
switches on the electronic
insert.

Graphic illustration

Description ä 46

Display

Zero

on

TM

off
dampingsimulation
SW / Ö
SW / P2=Highdelta p only

FOUNDATION

6.1.2

Operation with an operating menu

Operation with an operating menu is based on an operation concept with "user roles" ä 48.
Operating options

Explanation

Local operation
with device display

The device is operated using
the operating keys on thedevice display.

Graphic illustration ä 49–Remote operation via
FieldCare44

The device is operated using
the FieldCare operating tool.

Description+E ä 53Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6.1.3

Endress+Hauser

Operation

Operation via FF communication protocol

Operating options

Explanation

Graphic illustration

Description

Remote operation via
FieldCare

The device is operated using
the FieldCare operating tool.

 ä 57

Remote operation via
the NI Tool

The device is operated using
the NI Tool.

 ä 13845

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6.2

Operation without an operating menu

6.2.1

Position of operating elements

The operating key and DIP switches are located on the electronic insert in the device.

2
1

Zero

Display

3
on

TM

off
dampingsimulation
SW /SW / P2=Highdelta p only

FOUNDATION

on
2

3

4

off

5

damping
Simulation
SW /SW / P2=High1

8 7 6 5 4A0023127

Fig. 24:
1
2
3
4+5

FOUNDATION Fieldbus electronic insert
Operating key for position zero adjustment (Zero) or reset
Green LED to indicate successful operation
Slot for optional local display
DIP switch only for Deltabar M
Switch 5: "SW/Square root"; used to control the output characteristics
Switch 4: "SW/P2-High"; used to determine the high-pressure side
DIP-switch for simulation mode
DIP switch for switching damping on/off
DIP switch for locking/unlocking parameters relevant to the measured value

6
7
8

Function of the DIP switches
Switches

Symbol/labeling

1

Switch position"off"
The device is unlocked.
Parameters relevant to the measured
value can be modified.

"on"
The device is locked.
Parameters relevant to the measured
value cannot be modified.

2

damping 

Damping is switched on.
Damping is switched off.
The output signal follows measured value The output signal follows measured valuechanges with the delay time .1)
changes without any delay.

3

Simulation

The simulation mode is switched off(factory setting).

The simulation mode is switched on.

The following switches only for Deltabar M:

1)

46

4

SW/

The output characteristics is defined by
the setting in the operating menu.
• "Setup" -> "Measuring mode"• "Setup" -> "Extended setup" ->The measuring mode is "flow" and theoutput characteristics is "Square root"
regardless of the settings in the operating
menu.

5

SW/P2= HighThe high-pressure (+/HP) side is definedby the setting in the operating menu.
("Setup" -> "High Press. Side")

The high-pressure side (+/HP) is
allocated to the P2 pressure connection
regardless of the setting in the operatingmenu.

The value for the delay time can be configured via the operating menu ("Setup" -> "Damping").
Factory setting: = 2 s or as per order specifications.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Operation

Function of the operating elements
Operating key

Meaning"Zero"
pressed for at least
3 seconds

Position adjustment (zero point correction)
Press key for at least 3 seconds. The LED on the electronic insert lights up briefly if thepressure applied has been accepted for position adjustment.
See also the following Section "Performing position adjustment on site.''"Zero"
pressed for at least
12 seconds

Reset
All parameters are reset to the order configuration.

Performing position adjustment on site
• Operation must be unlocked.  ä 54, Section 6.3.5 "Locking/unlocking operation".
• The device is configured at the factory for the Pressure measuring mode (Cerabar,
Deltabar) or Level measuring mode (Deltapilot).
– Operation via FF configuration program: In the Pressure Transducer Block, you canchange the measuring mode by means of the PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter.
• The pressure applied must be within the nominal pressure limits of the sensor. See
information on the nameplate.
• To reconcile the parameter database, perform a "Reconcile device" (after position
adjustment) with the FF host.
Perform position adjustment:
1.

Pressure is present at device.

2.

Press key for at least 3 seconds.

3.

If the LED on the electronic insert lights up briefly, the pressure applied has been
accepted for position adjustment.
If the LED does not light up, the pressure applied was not accepted. Observe the input
limits. For error messages,  ä 221, Section 11.1 "Messages".

6.2.2

Locking/unlocking operation

Once you have entered all the parameters, you can lock your entries against unauthorized
and undesired access.

If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation again bymeans of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of the operating menu, you can only
unlock operation again using the operating menu.
Locking/unlocking via DIP switches
DIP switch 1 on the electronic insert is used to lock/unlock operation.
 ä 46, "Function of the DIP switches".

Endress+Hauser

47

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6.3

Operation with an operating menu

6.3.1

Operation concept

The operation concept makes a distinction between the following user roles:
User role

Meaning

Operator

Operators are responsible for the devices during normal "operation". This is usually limited
to reading process values either directly at the device or in a control room. If the work withthe devices extends beyond value read-off tasks, the tasks involve simple, applicationspecific functions that are used in operation. Should an error occur, these users simple
forward the information on the errors but do not intervene themselves.

Service engineer/technician

Service engineers usually work with the devices in the phases following device
commissioning.
They are primarily involved in maintenance and troubleshooting activities for which simple
settings have to be made at the device.
Technicians work with the devices over the entire life cycle of the product.
Thus, commissioning and advanced settings and configurations are some of the tasks they
have to carry out.

ExpertExperts work with the devices over the entire product life cycle, but their device
requirements are often extremely high. Individual parameters/functions from the overall
functionality of the devices are required for this purpose time and again.
In addition to technical, process-oriented tasks, experts can also perform administrative
tasks (e.g. user administration).
"Experts" can avail of the entire parameter set.

6.3.2

48

Structure of the operating menu

User role

Submenu

Meaning/use

Operator

Language

Only consists of the "Language" parameter (000) where the operating
language for the device is specified.
The language can always be changed even if the device is locked.

Operator

Display/operat. Contains parameters that are needed to configure the measured value display(selecting the values displayed, display format, display contrast, etc.).
With this submenu, users can change the measured value display without
affecting the actual measurement.

Serviceengineer/technician

Setup

Contains all the parameters that are needed to commission measuring
operations. This submenu has the following structure:• Standard setup parameters
A wide range of parameters, which can be used to configure a typicalapplication, is available at the start. The measuring mode selected
determines which parameters are available.
After making settings for all these parameters, the measuring operation
should be completely configured in the majority of cases.
• "Extended setup" submenu
The "Extended setup" submenu contains additional parameters for more indepth configuration of the measurement operation to convert themeasured value and to scale the output signal.
This menu is split into additional submenus depending on the measuringmode selected.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Operation

User role

Submenu

Meaning/use

Serviceengineer/technician

Diagnosis

Contains all the parameters that are needed to detect and analyze operating
errors. This submenu has the following structure:• Diagnostic list
Contains up to 10 error messages currently pending.
• Event logbook
Contains the last 10 error messages (no longer pending).
• Instrument info
Contains information on the device identification.
• Measured values
Contains all the current measured values• Simulation
Is used to simulate pressure, level, flow and alarm/warning.
• ResetExpertExpertContains all the parameters of the device (including those in one of thesubmenus). The "Expert" submenu is structured by the function blocks of thedevice. It thus contains the following submenus:• SystemContains general device parameters that neither affect measurement nor
integration into a distributed control system.
• Measurement
Contains all the parameters for configuring the measurement.
• Communication
Contains all the parameters of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
• Application
Contains all the parameters for configuring the functions that go beyond
the actual measurement (e.g. totalizer).
• Diagnosis
Contains all the parameters that are needed to detect and analyze
operating errors.

For an overview of the entire operating menu:  ä 108 ff.
Direct access to parameters
The parameters can only be accessed directly via the "Expert" user role.
Parameter name

Description

Direct access (119)
Entry

Use this function to enter a parameter code for direct access.

Menu path:
Expert  Direct access

6.3.3

User input:• Enter the desired parameter code.
Factory setting:0

Operation with a device display (optional)

A 4-line liquid crystal display (LCD) is used for display and operation. The onsite display
shows measured values, dialog texts, fault messages and notice messages.
For easy operation the display can be taken out of the housing (see figure steps 1 to 3). It isconnected to the device through a 90 mm (3.54 in) cable.
The display of the device can be turned in 90° stages (see figure steps 4 to 6).
Depending on the orientation of the device, this makes it easy to operate the device and readthe measured values.

Endress+Hauser

49

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

A0028500

Functions:• 8-digit measured value display including sign and decimal point.
• Bar graph as graphic display of the current pressure measured value in relation to the set
pressure range in the Pressure Transducer Block. The pressure range is set by means of the
SCALE_IN parameter (via FF configuration program, not via onsite display).
• Three keys for operation.
• Simple and complete menu guidance as parameters are split into several levels and groups.
• Each parameter is given a 3-digit parameter code for easy navigation.
• Possibility of configuring the display to suit individual requirements and preferences, suchas language, alternating display, display of other measured values such as sensor
temperature, contrast setting.
• Comprehensive diagnostic functions (fault and warning message etc.).

2

F
1
–

+

7

E

3
4

6

5
A0030013

Fig. 25:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

50

Display
Main line
Value
SymbolUnit
Bar graph
Information line
Operating keys

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Operation

The following table illustrates the symbols that can appear on the onsite display. Foursymbols can occur at one time.
SymbolMeaning
Lock symbol
The operation of the device is locked. To unlock the device,  ä 54, Locking/unlocking operation.
Communication symbol
Data transfer via communication
Square root symbol (only Deltabar M)
Active measuring mode "Flow measurement"

Error message "Out of specification"
The device is being operated outside its technical specifications (e.g. during warmup
or cleaning processes).
Error message "Service mode"
The device is in the service mode (during a simulation, for example).
Error message "Maintenance required"
Maintenance is required. The measured value remains valid.
Error message "Failure detected"
An operating error has occurred. The measured value is no longer valid.
Simulation symbol
Simulation mode is activated. DIP switch 2 for simulation is set to "On".
See also Section 6.2.1 "Position of operating elements" and  ä 54, Section 6.3.6"Simulation".

Operating keys on the display and operating module
Operating key(s)

O
S
F
O F

Meaning– Navigate downwards in the picklist– Edit the numerical values and characters within a function– Navigate upwards in the picklist– Edit the numerical values and characters within a function– Confirm entry– Jump to the next item
– Selection of a menu item and activation of the editing mode
Contrast setting of onsite display: darker

and

S F

Contrast setting of onsite display: brighterand

O and S

Endress+Hauser

ESC functions:– Exit the edit mode for a parameter without saving the changed value.
– You are in a menu at a selection level. Each time you press the keys
simultaneously, you go up a level in the menu.

51

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Operating example: Parameters with a picklist
Example: selecting "Deutsch" as the language of the menu.
Language1



000EnglishOperation"English" is set as the menu language (default value). A  infront of the menu text indicates the active option.

Deutsch2

3

Deutsch

English

DeutschSelect "Deutsch" with  or .

1. Confirm your choice with . A  in front of the menu text
indicates the active option ("Deutsch" is now selected as themenu language).

English

2. Exit the edit mode for the parameter with .

Operating example: User-definable parameters
Example: setting "Set URV" parameter from 100 mbar (1.5 psi) to 50 mbar (0.75 psi).
Set URV

1

1 0 0 . 0 0 0

014

mbar

Operation
The local display shows the parameter to be changed. The value
highlighted in black can be changed. The "mbar" unit is specified
in another parameter and cannot be modified here.
1. Press  or  to get to the editing mode.

2

1 0 0 . 0 0 0

mbar

2. The first digit is highlighted in black.

1. Use  to change "1" to "5".
3

5 0 0 . 0 0 0

mbar

2. Confirm "5" with . The cursor jumps to the next position(highlighted in black).
3. Confirm "0" with  (second position).
The third position is highlighted in black and can now be edited.

4

5 0 0 . 0 0 0

mbar

1. Switch to the "" symbol with the  key.
5

5 0  . 0 0 0

mbar

2. Use  to save the new value and exit the editing mode. 
See next graphic.
The new value for the upper range value is 50.0 mbar (0.75 psi).

652

5  . 0 0 0

mbar– You exit the edit mode for the parameter with .
– You can get back to the editing mode with  or .

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Operation

Operating example: Accepting the pressure present
Example: setting position adjustment
Pos. zero adjust
1



Abort

007

Operation
The pressure for position adjustment is present at the device.

Confirm2

Confirm34



Use  or  to switch to the "Confirm" option. The active option
is highlighted in black.

Abort
Compensation
accepted!

Accept the pressure present as position adjustment with the 
key. The device confirms the adjustment and goes back to the"Pos. zero adjust" parameter.

Abort

Exit the edit mode for the parameter with .

Confirm

6.3.4

Operation via FieldCare

FieldCare is an Endress+Hauser asset management tool based on FDT technology. With
FieldCare, you can configure all Endress+Hauser devices as well as devices from othermanufacturers that support the FDT standard. Hard- and software requirements can befound on the Internet: www.endress.com → Search for: FieldCare → FieldCare → Technicaldata.
FieldCare supports the following functions:• Configuration of transmitters in online/offline mode
• Loading and saving device data (upload/download): see parameter "Download select" ä 119 in operating menu or via Resource block  ä 173.
• Documentation of the measuring point• Offline parametrization of transmitters• In "Level expert" measuring mode, the configuration data which were generated by FDT
upload cannot be saved back again (FDT download); they are used solely to document theconfiguration.
• Further information on FieldCare can be found on the Internet (http://www.endress.com,
Download Search for: FieldCare).
• As not all internal device dependencies can be mapped in offline operation, theconsistency of the parameters must be checked before the parameters are transmitted tothe device.
• All the function blocks are set to the OOS mode following a download. The DIP switches
must be set to the as-delivered state for this purpose (see Figure  ä 46).

Endress+Hauser

53

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6.3.5

Locking/unlocking operation

Once you have entered all the parameters, you can lock your entries against unauthorized
and undesired access.
Locked operation is indicated as follows:• By thesymbol on the onsite display• The parameters are grayed out in FieldCare and the handheld terminal, which means theycannot be edited. Indicated in the corresponding "Lockstate/STATUS_LOCKING"parameter.
Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. "Language (000)", can still be
altered.

If operation is locked by means of the DIP switch, you can only unlock operation again bymeans of the DIP switch. If operation is locked by means of the operating menu, you can only
unlock operation again using the operating menu.
The "Operator code (021)" parameter is used to lock and unlock the device.
Parameter name

Description

Operator code (021)
Entry

Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock operation.

Menu path:
Setup Extended setup 
Operator code (021)

User input:• To lock: Enter a number  the release code (value range: 1 to 9999).
• To unlock: Enter the release code.

The release code is "0" in the order configuration. Another release code can be
defined in the "Code definition (023)" parameter.
If the user has forgotten the release code, the release code can be visible byentering the number "5864".
Factory setting:0

The release code is defined in the "Code definition (023)" parameter.
Parameter name

Description

Code definition (023)
Entry

Use this function to enter a release code with which the device can be unlocked.
User input:• A number between 0 and 9999

Menu path:
Setup Extended setup  Factory setting:0
Code definition (023)

6.3.6

Simulation

Simulate the output of the Analog Input Block as follows:

54

1.

Set the "Simulation" DIP switch on the electronic insert to "On".

2.

In the Analog Input Block, select the "Active" option by means of the "Simulate/
SIMULATE"
record parameter, "Simulate En/Disable/ENABLE_DISABLE" element.

3.

Enter the value and status for the "Simulate value/SIMULATION_VALUE"and "Simulate status/SIMULATION_STATUS" elements. During the simulation, theoutput value and status of the Analog Input Block are replaced by the simulated value
and status. The Output/OUT parameter shows the result.

4.

End simulation (via "Simulate/SIMULATE" record parameter,

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Operation"Simulate En/Disable/ENABLE_DISABLE" element, "Disabled" option), set "Simulation"
DIP switch to "OFF".

You can check your adjustment for the transmitter by means of the Simulation mode/
SIMULATION_MODE and Simulated Value/SIMULATED_VALUE parameters in the
Diagnostic Transducer Block. See Simulation mode/SIMULATION_MODE and Simulated
Value/SIMULATED_VALUE parameter description.

6.3.7

Resetting to factory settings (reset)

By entering a certain code, you can completely, or partially, reset the entries for theparameters to the factory settings1). Enter the code by means of the "Enter reset code (124)"
parameter (menu path: "Diagnosis"  "Reset"  "Enter reset code (124)" or "Diagnosis" "Reset"  "Enter reset code (124)").
There are various reset codes for the device. The following table illustrates which parameters
are reset by the particular reset codes. Operation must be unlocked to reset parameters( ä 54).

Any customer-specific configuration carried out at the factory is not affected by a reset(customer-specific configuration remains). If you want to change the customer-specificconfiguration carried out at the factory, please contact Endress+Hauser Service.
Reset code1)

Description and effect62PowerUp reset (warm start)
The device is restarted.
Data are read back anew from the EEPROM (processor is initialized again).
Any simulation which may be running is ended.

333

User reset
This code resets all the parameters apart from:– Pd-tag. (022)– Linearization table– Operating hours (162)– Event logbook– Lo trim sensor (131)– Hi trim sensor (132)
Any simulation which may be running is ended.
The device is restarted.

‣
‣
‣
‣

‣
‣

7864

Total reset
This code resets all the parameters apart from:– Operating hours (162)– Event logbook– Lo trim sensor (131)– Hi trim sensor (132)
Any simulation which may be running is ended.
The device is restarted.

‣
‣
‣

1)

1)

To be entered in "Diagnosis" "Reset" "Enter reset code (124)"

The default value for the individual parameters is indicated in the parameter description ( ä 116 ff)

Endress+Hauser

55

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6.4

FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication protocol

6.4.1

System architecture

The following diagram shows two typical examples of a FOUNDATION Fieldbus networkwith the associated components.

Industrial Network. -FF-HSE
BT
LD

PS

FF-H1

SB
BT

BT
PS

FF-H1

BT

A0030355

Fig. 26:

FOUNDATION Fieldbus system architecture with associated components

FF-HSE High Speed Ethernet
FF-H1 FOUNDATION Fieldbus-H1
LD
Linking Device FF-HSE/FF-H1
PS
Bus Power SupplySB
Safety Barrier
BT
Bus Terminator
The system can be connected in the following ways:– A linking device makes the connection to higher-order fieldbus levels (e.g. High Speed Ethernet (HSE)) possible.
– An FF-H1 connecting card is needed for direct connection to a process control system.

Further information on FOUNDATION Fieldbus can be found in Operating Instructions
BA00013S "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview, Installation and Commissioning Guidelines",
the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification or on the Internet at "http://www. fieldbus.org".

56

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6.4.2

Operation

Number of devices• Endress+Hauser devices meet the requirements specified by the FISCO model.
• Due to the low current consumption, the following can be operated at one bus segment
when
installation is performed according to FISCO:– Up to 6 devices for EEx ia, CSA and FM IS applications– Up to 22 devices in all other applications, e.g. in non hazardous areas, EEx nA etc.
The maximum number of measuring devices at one bus segment is defined by their current
consumption, the performance of the bus coupler, and the required bus length.

6.4.3

Operation

You can obtain special configuration and operating programs from various manufacturers
for the configuration, such as the FieldCare operating program from Endress+Hauser ä 53, Section 6.3.4 "Operation via FieldCare". These configuration programs make itpossible to configure FF functions and all the device-specific parameters. The predefined
function blocks allow uniform access to network and device data.

6.4.4

Network configuration

You require the following to configure a device and integrate it into an FF network:• An FF configuration program• The Cff file (Common File Format: *.cff)• The device description (DD)(Device Description format 4 : *sym, *ffo or
Device Description format 5 : *sy5, *ff5)
Pre-defined standard DDs, which can be obtained from FOUNDATION Fieldbus, are available
for the basic functions of measuring devices. You require the device-specific DD to be able toaccess all the functions.
The files for the devices can be acquired as follows:• Internet Endress+Hauser: http://www.endress.com Search for FOUNDATION Fieldbus• Internet FOUNDATION Fieldbus: http://www.fieldbus.org
The device is integrated into the FF network as follows:• Start the FF configuration program.
• Download the Cff and device description files (*.ffo, *.sym (for format 4) *ff5, *sy5 (forformat 5) to the system.
• Configure the interface, see Note.
• Configure the device for the measuring task and for the FF system.

• For more in-depth information on integrating the device into the FF system, see thedescription for the configuration software used.
• When integrating the field devices into the FF system, make sure you are using the rightfiles. You can read out the required version by means of the Device Revision/DEV_REV and
DD Revision/DD_REV parameters in the Resource Block.

Endress+Hauser

57

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6.4.5

Device identification and addressing

FOUNDATION Fieldbus identifies the device using its ID code and automatically assigns it asuitable field address. The identity code cannot be changed.
The device appears in the network display once you have started the FF configuration
program and integrated the device into the network. The blocks available are displayed
under the device name.
If the device description has not yet been loaded, the blocks report "Unknown" or "(UNK)".
The devices report as follows (typical display in a configuration program after the connection
has been established):
Device name

Serial number

EH_ Deltabar_M_5X_
RS_00000000000 (RB2)
TRD1_00000000000 (PCD)DP_FLOW_000000000000 (DPFLOW)DIAGNOSTIC_000000000000 (DIAGNOSTIC)DISPLAY_00000000000 (DISP)
AI1_000000000000 (AI)AI2_000000000000 (AI)
DI_00000000000 (DI)
DO_00000000000 (DO)
ISEL_00000000000(ISB)PID_00000000000(PID)ARTH_00000000000(ARB)CHAR_00000000000(SCB)INTG_0000000000 (ITB)

00000000000000

EH_ Cerabar_M_5X_
EH_ Deltapilot_M_5X_
RS_00000000000 (RB2)
TRD1_00000000000 (PCD)DIAGNOSTIC_000000000000 (DIAGNOSTIC)DISPLAY_00000000000 (DISP)
AI1_000000000000 (AI)AI2_000000000000 (AI)
DI_00000000000 (DI)
DO_00000000000 (DO)
ISEL_00000000000(ISB)PID_00000000000(PID)ARTH_00000000000(ARB)CHAR_00000000000(SCB)INTG_0000000000 (ITB)

00000000000000
00000000000000-

58

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6.4.6

Operation

Block modelWith FOUNDATION Fieldbus, all the device parameters are categorized according to theirfunctional properties and task and are generally assigned to three different blocks.
A FOUNDATION Fieldbus device has the following block types:• A Resource Block (device block):
This block contains all the device-specific features of the device.
• One or more Transducer Blocks
A Transducer Block contains all the measuring and device-specific parameters of thedevice. The measuring principles, such as pressure or totalizers, are mapped in theTransducer Blocks.
• One or more function blocks:
Function blocks contain the automation functions of the device. A distinction is madebetween different function blocks such as the Analog Input Block or PID Block. Each ofthese function blocks is used to execute different application functions.
The function blocks can be connected by means of an FF configuration program, dependingon the automation task. The device thus takes on simple control functions, thereby relieving
the workload on the higher-order process control system.
The device has the following blocks:• Resource Block (device block)• 3 Transducer Blocks for all devices– Pressure Transducer BlockThis Block returns the output variables Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE andSecondary Value/SECONDARY_VALUE. It contains all the parameters to configure themeasuring device for the measuring task such as measuring mode selection,
linearization function and unit selection.
– Display Transducer BlockThis Block does not return any output variables. It contains all the parameters forconfiguring the onsite display, such as Language/DISPLAY_LANGUAGE.
– Diagnostic Transducer BlockThis Block does not return any output variables. It contains the simulation function for
the Pressure Transducer Block, parameters to configure the alarm response.
• In addition, 1 Transducer Block for Deltabar M– DP_FLOW BlockThis Block supplies the output variable Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1 and Totalizer 2/
TOTALIZER_2. It contains all the parameters required for configuring these totalizers.
• Function blocks in all devices– 2 Analog Input Blocks (AI) (permanent block - cannot be deleted)– Discrete Output Block (DO) (permanent block - cannot be deleted)– Discrete Input Block (DI) (permanent block - cannot be deleted)– Input Selector Block (ISB) (permanent block - cannot be deleted)– PID Block (PID) (non-permanent block - can be deleted)– Arithmetic Block (ARB) (non-permanent block - can be deleted)– Signal Characterizer Block (SCB) (non-permanent block - can be deleted)– Integrator Block (IT) (non-permanent block - can be deleted)
In addition to the pre-instantiated blocks already mentioned, the following blocks can also
be instantiated:
With Deltabar M:• 3 Analog Input Blocks (AI)
• 4 Discrete Input Blocks (DI)
• 1 Discrete Output Block (DO)• 2 Input Selector Block (ISB)• 2 PID Blocks (PID)• 2 Arithmetic Blocks (ARTH)• 2 Signal Characterizer Blocks (SCB)• 2 Integrator Blocks (IT)Endress+Hauser

59

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

With Cerabar M and Deltapilot M :• 2 Analog Input Blocks (AI)
• 4 Discrete Input Blocks (DI)• 2 Input Selector Block (ISB)• 2 PID Blocks (PID)• 2 Arithmetic Blocks (ARTH)• 2 Signal Characterizer Blocks (SCB)• 2 Integrator Blocks (IT)Up to 20 blocks can be instantiated in the device altogether, including the blocks alreadyinstantiated. For instantiating blocks, see the appropriate Operating Instructions of theconfiguration program used.

Endress+Hauser Guideline BA00062S.
The guideline provides an overview of the standard function blocks that are described in
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specifications FF 890 - 894.
It is designed to help operators use the blocks implemented in the Endress+Hauser fielddevices.

60

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Operation

Block configuration when device is delivered
The block model shown below illustrates the block configuration when the device isdelivered.

Measured variable
SensorSignal evaluation

Deltabar M
Display
with scaling

Resource Block

Primary value
Pressure
Transducer Block
Secondary value

Analog Input Block 1
CHANNEL = 1
L_TYPE = Direct

DP flow Block

Analog Input Block 2
CHANNEL = 3
L_TYPE = Direct

Display
Transducer Block
Diagnostic
Transducer Block

Measured variable
SensorSignal evaluation

Arithmetic
Block

PID Block

Input Selector
Block

Discrete
Output Block

SignalCharacterizer
Block

Integrator
Block

Discrete Input
Block

Cerabar M / Deltapilot M
Display
with scaling

Primary value
Pressure
Transducer Block
Secondary value

Resource Block

Analog Input Block 1
CHANNEL = 1
L_TYPE = Direct
Analog Input Block 2
CHANNEL = 3
L_TYPE = Direct

Display
Transducer Block
Diagnostic
Transducer Block

Arithmetic
Block

PID Block

Input Selector
Block

Discrete
Output Block

SignalCharacterizer
Block

Integrator
Block

Discrete Input
Block

A0030397

Fig. 27:

Block configuration when device is delivered

The Pressure Transducer Block supplies the primary value depending on the measuringmode, and a secondary value• for Cerabar/Deltapilot, secondary value = sensor temperature.
• for Deltabar, secondary value = Measured pressure.
By means of the Channel/CHANNEL parameter, the measured values (primary value,
secondary value, etc.) are transferred to an Analog Input Block from the Transducer Block,see also the following section).
The Discrete Output, PID, Arithmetic, Signal Characterizer and Input Selector Block are notconnected in the as-delivered state (IT, DI).
Deltabar M:
In the DP_FLOW Transducer Block, the flow is totalized in the "Flow" measuring mode andoutput by means of the Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1 parameter.
Endress+Hauser

61

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ Please note that links between the blocks are deleted and the FF parameters are reset tothe default values following a reset by means of the Restart/RESTART parameter in the
Resource Block, "Default" option.

62

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6.4.7

Operation

Assignment of Transducer Blocks (CHANNEL)

Settings for the Analog Input Block
Process variable

Transducer Block

Parameter name

CHANNEL parameter inthe Analog Input Block

Primary Value, a pressure, level Pressure Transducer
or flow value depending on the Blockmeasuring mode

Primary Value/
PRIMARY_VALUE
MEASURED VALUE/
PRIMARY_VALUE

1

Temperature

Sensor temp. (Cerabar/
Deltapilot)/
MEASURED_TEMPERATURE_1

2: Cerabar and Deltapilot

Measured pressure

Meas. pressure/
PRESSURE_1_FINAL_V
ALUE

3

Maximum pressure

Max. meas. press./
PRESSURE_1_MAX_RE
SETABLE

4

Level before linearization

Level before lin/
MEASURED_LEVEL_AF
TER_SIMULATION

5

Deltabar M:
Totalizer 1("Flow" measuring mode)

Deltabar M:
DP_FLOW Block

6: Deltabar
Totalizer 1/
TOTALIZER_1_STRING_VALUE TOTALIZER 1/
TOTALIZER_1_VALUE

Deltabar M:
Totalizer 2("Flow" measuring mode)

Deltabar M:
DP_FLOW Block

7: Deltabar
Totalizer 2/
TOTALIZER_2_STRING_VALUE TOTALIZER 2/
TOTALIZER_2_VALUE

Settings for the Discrete Output Block
Process variable

Transducer Block

Parameter name

Min/max pressure values

Pressure Transducer
Block

20
Reset peakhold/
RESET_TRANSMITTER_
OBSERVATION Resetmax. pressure/
RESET_TRANSMITTER_
OBSERVATION_INDEX

Overshoot counter of thenominal pressure range 1)

DP_FLOW Transducer
Block

Reset Totalizer 1/
TOTALIZER_1_RESET

1)Endress+Hauser

CHANNEL parameter inthe Discrete Output
Block

21

Factory setting

63

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Discrete Input Block settings
Alarm conditions

Transducer Block

Parameter CHANNEL,
Discrete Input Block

General device error

10

Configuration error

11

Sensor overpressure
Sensor underpressure
Temperature measured value
overrange (Cerabar and Deltapilot)
Pressure measured value overrange

64

Parameter name

Diagnostic TRD

Diagnostic code/
ACTUAL_HIGHEST_
ALARM

12
13
14
15

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

6.4.8

Operation

Index tables of Endress+Hauser parameters

The following tables list the manufacturer-specific device parameters for the Resource Block,the Transducer Blocks and the Analog Input Blocks. For the FF parameters, see either the
FF specification or descriptions from Page 138 ff.
General explanatory remarks
Data type• DS: data structure, contains data types such as unsigned8, Octet String etc.
• Float: IEEE 754 format• Visible String: ASCII coded• Unsigned:– Unsigned8: value range = 0 to 255– Unsigned16: value range = 0 to 65535– Unsigned32: value range = 0 to 4294967295
Storage Class• Cst: constant parameter• D: dynamic parameter• N: nonvolatile parameter• S: static parameter
If this is a write parameter, the MODE_BLK column indicates the block mode in which theparameter can be written. Some parameters can only be written in the OOS block mode.
The "Reset codes" column indicates which reset codes reset the parameter.

Resource Block
Parameter name, "Label parameter" option anddisplay in FieldCare / parameter name inaccordance with DD

Index Data type

Size
Storage Read Write MODE_BLK(Byte) Class

Device dialog/DEVICE_DIALOG
Operator code/S_W_LOCK
Lockstate/STATUS_LOCKINGDIP switch/SWITCH_STATUS_LISTElectr. serial no./ ELECTRONIC_SERIAL _NUMBER

42
43
44
45
46

1
2
1
1
16

D
S
D
S
S

x
x
x
x
x

Sci octet str/SCI_OCTET_STRING

47

40

D

Download select./DOWNLOAD_OVERWRITE_SELECTION
Code definition/USER_S_W_UNLOCK
Capability level/CAPABILITY_LEVEL
Compat. level/COMPATIBILITY_LEVEL
ENP version/FF_E_N_P_VERSION

48
49
50
51
52

1
1
1
1
32

Pd-tag/FF_PD_TAG

53

Serial number/DEVICE_SERIAL_NUMBER

54

Order code part 1/E_N_P_ORDER_CODE_1

55

Order code part 2/E_N_P_ORDER_CODE_2

56

Order code/DEVICE_ORDER_IDENT

57

Firmware version/FF_SOFTWARE_REVISION

58

Hardware rev./FF_HARDWARE_VERSION59

FF com stack ver/FF_COM_VERSION60

MS res directory/MS_RES_ DIRECTORY

61

Endress+Hauser

Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
VisibleStringVisibleString
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
VisibleStringVisibleStringVisibleStringVisibleStringVisibleStringVisibleStringVisibleStringVisibleStringVisibleString
Unsigned8

Reset
codes

 ä 172 ä 172 ä 172 ä 172 ä 173x

wr for Auto, OOSxx

wr for Auto, OOS ä 173

D
S
D
S
S

x
x
x
x
x

x
x

wr for Auto, OOS
wr for Auto, OOS ä 173 ä 173 ä 173 ä 174 ä 174

32

D

x

x

wr for Auto, OOS ä 174

16

Sx

wr for Auto, OOS ä 174

32

Sx

wr for Auto, OOS ä 174

32

Sx

wr for Auto, OOS ä 174

32

Sx

wr for Auto, OOS ä 17432

Sx ä 17416Sx ä 17516Sx

 ä 17510Sx ä 175x

7864, 333

Page

65

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure Transducer Block
Parameter name, "Label parameter" option anddisplay in FieldCare / parameter name inaccordance with DD

Index Data type

Size
Storage Read Write MODE_BLK(Byte) Class

Device dialog/DEVICE_DIALOG
Operator code/S_W_LOCK
Lockstate/STATUS_LOCKINGDIP switch/SWITCH_STATUS_LIST
Scale In/SCALE_IN
Scale Out/SCALE_OUT
Damping/PRESSURE_1_DAMPING
Pos. zero adjust/PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_ZERO_INSTALL
Calib. offset/PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_OFFSET

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
DS-68
DS-68
Float
Unsigned8
Float

1
2
1
1
11
11
4
1
4

D
S
D
D
S
S
S
D
S

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Lo trim measured/PRESSURE_1_LOWER_CAL_MEASURED
Hi trim measured/PRESSURE_1_UPPER_CAL_MEASURED
Measuring mode/OPERATING_MODE
Level selection/LEVEL_ADJUSTMENT
Corrected press./PRESSURE_1_AFTER_CALIBRATION
Meas. pressure/PRESSURE_1_FINAL_VALUE
Lin. mode/LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_MODE
Unit after lin./AFTER_LINEARIZATION_UNIT
Line numb./LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_INDEX
X-value:/TB_LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_X_VALUE
Y-value:/TB_LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_Y_VALUE
Edit table/LINEARIZATION_TABLE_EDIT
Tank Description/LEVEL_TANK_ DESCRIPTION

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

4
4
1
1
4
4
1
1
1
4
4
1
32

S
S
S
S
D
D
S
S
D
S
S
D
S

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Tank content/MEASURED_TANK_CONTENT_AFTER_SIM
Sensor pressure/PRESSURE_1_AFTER_SENSOR
Pressure af. damp./ PRESSURE_1_AFTER_DAMPING
Level before lin/MEASURED_LEVEL_AFTER_SIMULATION
Lin tab index 01/LIN_TAB_X_Y_VALUE_1...
Lin tab index 32/LIN_TAB_X_Y_VALUE_32
Sensor meas. type/SENSOR_MEASUREMENT_TYPE
Height unit/HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY
Unit before Lin./OUT_UNIT_EASYCalibration mode/LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE_EASY
Density unit/DENSITY_UNIT_EASY
Adjust density/LEVEL_ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY
Empty height/ LEVEL_OFFSET_EASY
Full height/LEVEL_100_PERCENT_EASY
Process density/LEVEL_MEASUREMENT_DENSITY_EASY
Meas. level/MEASURED_ACTUAL_LEVEL_EASY
Full calib./HIGH_LEVEL_EASY
Empty calibration/LOW_LEVEL_EASY
Full pressure/HIGH_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EASY
Empty pressure/LOW_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EASY
Electr. delta P/ELECTRIC_DELTA_P_CONTROL
E.delta p selec./E_DELTA_P_INPUT_SELECTOR
E. delta p value/E_DELTA_P_VALUE
E. delta p status/E_DELTA_P_STATUS
E.delta p unit/E_DELTA_P_INPUT_UNIT
Fixed ext. value/ELECTRIC_DELTA_P_CONSTANT
Min. meas. press./PRESSURE_1_MIN_RESETABLE
Max. meas. press./PRESSURE_1_MAX_RESETABLE
Reset peakhold/RESET_TRANSMITTER_OBSERVATION
Sensor temp. (Cerabar/Deltapilot)/
MEASURED_TEMPERATURE_1
Temp. eng. unit/TEMPERATURE_UNIT
Device name str./GENERIC_DEVICE_TYPE
Format 1st value/DISPLAY_MAINLINE_FORMAT

53
54
55
56
57
...
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112

Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Float
Float
Unsigned8
VisibleString
Float
Float
Float
Float
RecordRecordRecordUnsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Float
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned8
Float

4
4
4
4
8
8
8
2
2
2
1
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
4
1
2
4
4
4
1
4

D
D
D
D
S
S
S
D
S
S
S
D
S
S
S
S
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
D
S
S
D
D
D
D

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

113
114
115

Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8

2
1
1

S
S
S

x
x
x

66

Reset
codes

x

wr for Auto, OOS

7864, 333

x
x
x
x
x

OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS

7864, 333
7864, 333
7864, 333
7864, 333,
2509
2509
2509
7864
7864,333

x
x

OOS
OOS

x
x
x
x
x
x
x

OOS
OOS

7864

OOS
OOS
OOS
wr for Auto, OOS

7864, 333
7864, 333
7864

x
x
x

OOS
OOS
OOS

7864
7864
7864

x
x
x

OOS
OOS
OOS

x
x
x
x

OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS

7864, 333
7864, 333
7864, 333
7864, 333

x
x
x
x
x
x

OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS

7864, 333
7864, 333
7864, 333
7864, 333

x
x

OOS
OOS

x

OOS

x

OOS

Page

 ä 182 ä 182 ä 182 ä 183 ä 183 ä 183 ä 184 ä 184 ä 184 ä 184 ä 184 ä 185 ä 185 ä 185 ä 185 ä 187 ä 187 ä 187 ä 187 ä 187 ä 188 ä 188 ä 188 ä 188 ä 188 ä 189 ä 190...
 ä 190 ä 190 ä 190 ä 191 ä 191 ä 191 ä 191 ä 192 ä 192 ä 192 ä 192 ä 192 ä 193 ä 193 ä 193 ä 193 ä 193 ä 193 ä 194 ä 194 ä 194 ä 194 ä 194 ä 194 ä 194 ä 195 ä 195 ä 195

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Operation

DP_FLOW Block (Deltabar M)
Parameter name, "Label parameter" option anddisplay in FieldCare / parameter name inaccordance with DD

Index Data type Size
Storage Read Write BLK_MODE(Byte) Class

Device dialog/DEVICE_DIALOG
Operator code/S_W_LOCK
Lockstate/STATUS_LOCKINGDIP switch/SWITCH_STATUS_LIST
Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE
Flow/FLOW_AFTER_SUPPRESSION
Flow unit/FLOW_UNIT
Set. L. Fl. Cut-off/CREEP_FLOW_SUPRESSION_OFF_THRES
Flow Max/MAX_FLOW
Pressure af. damp./ PRESSURE_1_AFTER_DAMPING
Max press. flow/FLOW_MAX_PRESSURE
Press. eng. unit/PRESSURE_1_UNIT
Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1
Eng. unit total. 1/TOTALIZER_1_UNIT
Totalizer 1 mode/TOTALIZER_1_MODE
Total. 1 failsafe/TOTALIZER_1_FAIL_ SAFE_MODE
Reset Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_RESET
Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_STRING_VALUE

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

Totalizer 1 overflow/TOTALIZER_1_STRING_OVERFLOW

29

Totalizer 2/TOTALIZER_2
Eng. unit total. 2/TOTALIZER_2_UNIT
Totalizer 2 mode/TOTALIZER_2_MODE
Total. 2 failsafe/TOTALIZER_2_FAIL_SAFE_MODE
Totalizer 2/TOTALIZER_2_STRING_VALUE

30
31
32
33
34

Total. 2 overflow/TOTALIZER_2_STRING_OVERFLOW

35

Measuring mode/OPERATING_MODE
High-press. side/PRESSURE_1_INPUT_INV
Device name str./GENERIC_DEVICE_TYPE
Format 1st value/DISPLAY_MAINLINE_FORMAT

36
37
38
39

Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Float
Unsigned16
Float
Float
Float
Float
Unsigned16
DS-65
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
VisibleStringVisibleStringDS-65
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
VisibleStringVisibleString
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8

1
2
1
1
1
4
2
4
4
4
4
2
5
2
1
1
1
8

D
S
D
D
S
D
S
S
S
D
S
S
D
S
S
S
D
D

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

8

D

x

5
2
1
1
8

D
S
S
S
D

x
x
x
x
x

8

D

x

1
1
1
1

D
D
S
S

x
x
x
x

Reset
codes

x

wr for Auto, OOS 7864 , 333

x

OOS

x
x
x

OOS
OOS
OOS

7864 , 333
7864 , 333

x
x

OOS
OOS

7864 , 333

x
x
x
x

OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS

7864 , 333Page ä 195 ä 195 ä 195 ä 196 ä 196 ä 196 ä 197 ä 198 ä 198 ä 198 ä 199 ä 199 ä 199 ä 199 ä 199 ä 199 ä 200 ä 200 ä 200

x
x
x

OOS
OOS
OOS

7864 , 333
7864 , 333

 ä 200 ä 200 ä 200 ä 200 ä 201 ä 201

x

OOS

7864

 ä 201 ä 201 ä 201 ä 201

Display Transducer Block
Parameter name, "Label parameter" option anddisplay in FieldCare / parameter name inaccordance with DD

Index Data type Size
Storage Read Write BLK_MODE(Byte) Class

Device dialog/DEVICE DIALOG
Operator code/S_W_LOCK
Lockstate/STATUS_LOCKING
Format 1st value/AUTOMATIC_MAIN_LINE_FORMAT
Language/DISPLAY_LANGUAGE
Display mode/DISPLAY_MAIN_LINE_1_CONTENT
Add. disp. value/DISPLAY_MAINLINE_2_CONTENT
FF input source/DISPLAY_INPUT_SELECTOR
FF input unit/DISPLAY_INPUT_UNIT
FF input form./DISPLAY_INPUT_FORMAT
Device name str./GENERIC_DEVICE_TYPE
Measuring mode/OPERATING_MODE

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

Endress+Hauser

Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8

1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

D
S
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
D

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Reset codes Pagex

wr for Auto, OOS 7864, 333

x
x
x
x
x
x
x

wr for Auto, OOS 7864
wr for Auto, OOS 7864
wr for Auto, OOS
wr for Auto, OOS
wr for Auto, OOS
wr for Auto, OOS
wr for Auto, OOS ä 202 ä 202 ä 202 ä 202 ä 202 ä 202 ä 203 ä 203 ä 203 ä 203 ä 203 ä 204

67

Operation

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter name, "Label parameter" option anddisplay in FieldCare / parameter name inaccordance with DD

Index Data type

Size
Storage Read Write BLK_MODE(Byte) Class

Device dialog/DEVICE DIALOG
Operator code/S_W_LOCK
Lockstate/STATUS_LOCKINGDIP switch/SWITCH_STATUS_LIST
Simulation mode/SIMULATION_MODE
Simulation unit/SIMULATION_UNIT
Simulated Value/SIMULATED_VALUE
Sim. error no./ALARM_SIMULATION_VALUE
Status/DEVICE_STATUS
Diagnostic code/ACTUAL_HIGHEST_ALARM
Instructions/ACTUAL_MAINTENANCE_INSTRUCT
Last diag. code/LAST_ALARM_INFO_IO
Reset logbook/RESET_ALARM_HISTORY
Actual errors/DIAG_ALARM_TABLE
Operating hours/OPERATING_HOURS_VALUE
Diagnostic code/ACTUAL_HIGHEST_ALARM
Instructions/ACTUAL_MAINTENANCE_INSTRUCT_INFOLast diag. code/LAST_ALARM_INFOS
Reset/RESET_INPUT_VALUE
Config. Recorder/CONFIGURATION_ COUNTER
Alarm behav. P/UNDER_OVER_PRESSURE_BEHAVIOR

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

1
2
1
1
1
1
4
2
1
2
2
2
2
8
4
20
20
20
2
2
1

Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Unsigned8
Float
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned8
OctetString8
Unsigned32
RecordRecordRecordUnsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned8

D
S
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
S
D
D
D
D
S
S

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Reset
codes

x

wr for Auto, OOS 7864, 333

x
x
x
x

OOS
OOS
OOS

x

wr for Auto, OOSxwr for Auto, OOS

x

OOS

7864

Page

 ä 204 ä 204 ä 204 ä 204 ä 205 ä 206 ä 206 ä 206 ä 206 ä 206 ä 206 ä 206 ä 207 ä 207 ä 207 ä 207 ä 207 ä 207 ä 207 ä 207 ä 208

Analog Input Blocks
Parameter name, "Label parameter" option anddisplay in FieldCare / parameter name inaccordance with DD

Index Data type Size
Storage Read Write(Byte) Class

BLK_MODE

Fsafe type/FSAFE_TYPE
FieldCare= not supported.
Fsafe value/FSAFE_VALUE
FieldCare= not supported.
High High Alarm Output Discrete/HIHI_ALM_OUT_D
FieldCare= not supported.
High alarm output discrete/HI_ALM_OUT_D
FieldCare= not supported.
Low alarm output discrete/LO_ALM_OUT_D
FieldCare= not supported.
Low Low Alarm Output Discrete/LOLO_ALM_ OUT_D
FieldCare= not supported.
Select Alarm Mode/ALARM_MODE
FieldCare= not supported.
Alarm Output Discrete/ALM_OUT_D
FieldCare= not supported.
Block Error Description/BLOCK_ERR_DESC_1
FieldCare= not supported.

37

Unsigned8

1

S

x

x

OOS, MAN ä 217

38

Float

4

S

x

x

 ä 217

39

DS66

2

D

x

x

40

DS66

2

D

x

x

41

DS66

2

D

x

x

42

DS66

2

D

x

x

43

Unsigned8

1

S

x

x

44

DS66

2

D

x

x

45

Unsigned32 4Dx

wr for Auto,
OOS, MAN
wr for Auto,
OOS, MAN
wr for Auto,
OOS, MAN
wr for Auto,
OOS, MAN
wr for Auto,
OOS, MAN
wr for Auto,
OOS, MAN
wr for Auto,
OOS, MAN
wr for Auto,
OOS, MAN

6.4.9

Reset
codes

Page

 ä 217 ä 217 ä 217 ä 217 ä 218
 ä 218
 ä 218

Methods

The FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification includes the use of methods to make device
operation easier. A method is a sequence of interactive steps to be carried out in the specified
order so as to configure certain device functions.
The following methods are available for the devices:• Device info, locking/unlocking, ENP parameters, restart (Resource Block)• Setup, level, linearization, peak hold indicator, sensor data, sensor trim (TRD Block)• Flow, totalizer (DP_FLOW Block = Deltabar M)• Diagnostics, simulation, reset (Diagnostic Block)• Display/operation (Display Block)For further information on accessing methods, see the description of the FF configuration
program used.
68

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

7Commissioning without an operating menu

Commissioning without an operating menu

The device is configured at the factory for the Pressure measuring mode (Cerabar, Deltabar)or Level measuring mode (Deltapilot). The measuring range and the unit in which themeasured value is transmitted correspond to the specifications on the nameplate.
!

WARNING

Exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure!
Risk of injury due to bursting of parts! Warning messages are generated if pressure is too
high.
‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output
in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P""S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"
Use the device only within the sensor range limits.
NOTICE

Shortfall of the allowable working pressure!
Output of messages if pressure is too low.
‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output
in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P""S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"
Use the device only within the sensor range limits.

7.1

Function check

Carry out a post-installation and a post-connection check as per the checklist before
commissioning the device.
• "Post-installation check" checklist  ä 37
• "Post-connection check" checklist  ä 43

7.2

Position adjustment

The following functions are possible by means of the key on the electronic insert:• Position adjustment (zero point correction)• Device reset  ä 47

• Operation must be unlocked.  ä 54, "Locking/unlocking operation"• The device is configured for the "Pressure" measuring mode as standard.
• The pressure applied must be within the nominal pressure limits of the sensor. See
information on the nameplate.
Carrying out position adjustment1)
Pressure is present at device.
Press the "Zero" key for at least 3 s.
Endress+Hauser

69Commissioning without an operating menu

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Carrying out position adjustment1)
Does the LED on the electronic insert light up briefly?

1)

70

Yes

No





Applied pressure for position
adjustment has been accepted.

Applied pressure for position
adjustment has not been accepted.
Observe the input limits.

Observe warning on commissioning

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Commissioning with an operating menu
(onsite display/FieldCare)

The device is configured at the factory for the Pressure measuring mode (Cerabar, Deltabar)or Level measuring mode (Deltapilot). The measuring range and the unit in which themeasured value is transmitted correspond to the specifications on the nameplate.
!

WARNING

Exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure!
Risk of injury due to bursting of parts! Warning messages are generated if pressure is too
high.
‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output
in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P""S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"
Use the device only within the sensor range limits.
NOTICE

Shortfall of the allowable working pressure!
Output of messages if pressure is too low.
‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output
in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P""S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"
Use the device only within the sensor range limits.

8.1

Function check

Carry out a post-installation and a post-connection check as per the checklist before
commissioning the device.
• "Post-installation check" checklist  ä 37
• "Post-connection check" checklist  ä 43

8.2

Commissioning

Commissioning comprises the following steps:
1. Function check ( ä 71)

Endress+Hauser

2.

Selecting the language, measuring mode and pressure unit ( ä 71)

3.

Position adjustment ( ä 73)

4.

Configuring measurement:– Pressure measurement ( ä 90 ff)– Level measurement (Cerabar M and Deltapilot M) ( ä 74 ff)– Linearization ( ä 84 ff)– Differential pressure measurement (Deltabar M) ( ä 91 ff)– Flow measurement (Deltabar M) ( ä 93 ff)– Level measurement (Deltabar M) ( ä 96 ff)

71

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

8.2.1

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Selecting the language, measuring mode and pressure unit

Language selection
Parameter name

Description

Language (000)Options

Select the menu language for the onsite display.

Menu path:
Main menu  Language

Options:• English• Possibly another language (as selected when ordering the device)• One further language (language of the manufacturing plant)
Factory setting:EnglishMeasuring mode selection
Parameter name

Description

Measuring mode (005)
Options

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured differently depending on the measuring mode
selected.

Menu path: Setup Measuring mode!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode affects the span (URV)!
This situation can result in product overflow.
If the measuring mode is changed, the span setting (URV) must be verified
and, if necessary, reconfigured!

‣

Options:• Pressure• Level• Flow
Factory setting:Pressure

Pressure unit selection
Parameter name

Description

Press. eng. unit (125)
Options

Select the pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.

Menu path: Setup  Press.
Options:eng. unit• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O,• inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• kgf/cm2

Factory setting:mbar or bar depending on the sensor nominal measuring range, or as per orderspecifications

72

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.3

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Pos. zero adjust

The pressure resulting from the orientation of the device can be corrected here.
Parameter name

Description

Corrected press. (172)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment.

Menu path:
Setup  Corrected press.
Pos. zero adjust (007)(Deltabar M and gaugepressure sensor)
Selection
Menu path:
Setup Pos. zero adjust

If this value is not equal to "0", it can be corrected to "0" by the position adjustment.
Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Example:– Measured value = 2.2 mbar (0.032 psi)
– You correct the measured value via the "Pos. zero adjust" parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– Measured value (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
Options• Confirm• AbortFactory setting:
Abort

Calib. offset (192) / (008)(absolute pressure
sensor)
Entry
Menu path:
Setup Calib. offset

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between the set point and themeasured pressure must be known.
Example:– Measured value = 982.2 mbar (14.24 psi)
– You correct the measured value with the value entered (e.g. 2.2 mbar (0.032psi)) via the "Calib. offset" parameter. This means that you are assigning thevalue 980.0 (14.21 psi) to the pressure present.
– Measured value (after calib. offset) = 980.0 mbar (14.21 psi)
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser

73Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.4

Level measurement (Cerabar M and Deltapilot M)

8.4.1

Information on level measurement• The limit values are not checked, i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor
and the measuring task for the device to be able to measure correctly.
• Customer-specific units are not possible.
• There is no unit conversion.
• The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty pressure (029)/Fullpressure (032)", "Empty height (030)/Full height (033)" must be at least 1 % apart. The
value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close
together.
You have a choice of two methods for calculating the level: "In pressure" and "In height". The
table in the "Overview of level measurement" section that follows provides you with an
overview of these two measuring tasks.

8.4.2

74

Overview of level measurement

Measuring taskLevelselection

Calibration is
performed byentering two
pressure-level value
pairs.
Calibration is
performed byentering the density
and two height-levelvalue pairs.

Measuredvariable options

Description

Measured value
display"In pressure" Via the "Unitbefore lin. (025)"
parameter: %,level, volume ormass units.

– Calibration withreference pressure (wetcalibration), see  ä 75
– Calibration without
reference pressure (drycalibration), see  ä 77

The measured value
display and the"Level before lin. (019)"
parameter display themeasured value.

"In height"– Calibration withreference pressure (wetcalibration), see  ä 81
– Calibration without
reference pressure (drycalibration), see  ä 79

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.4.3

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)"In pressure" level selection
Calibration with reference pressure (wet calibration)

Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in "m". The maximum level is 3 m (9.8ft). The pressure range is due to the filling height and the density.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.

The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)" and the pressures present at thedevice must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message
displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
Description
1

Perform "position adjustment"  ä 73.

2

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the"Measuring mode (005)" parameter.

B
300 mbar3m

Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)3A
0 mbar0m

Select a pressure unit by means of the "Press. eng.
unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup  Press. eng. unit (125)4Select the "In pressure" level mode by means of the"Level selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level 
Level selection (024)Endress+Hauser

A0030028

Fig. 28:A
B

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.

75

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
5

Select a level unit by means of the "Unit before lin.
(025)" parameter, here "m" for example.

h[m]Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Unit before lin. (025)
6

B

3

A

0

Select the "Wet" option by means of the "Calibration
mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Calibration mode (027)7

The pressure for the lower calibration point ispresent at the device, here 0 mbar for example.

0

Select the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty calib. (028)Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. The
pressure value present is assigned to the lower levelvalue by confirming the value.
8

300

p
[mbar]
A0017658

Fig. 29:C
D

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.

The pressure for the upper calibration point ispresent at the device, here 300 mbar (4.35 psi) for
example.
Select the "Full calib. (031)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullcalib. (031)Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
The pressure value present is assigned to the upper
level value by confirming the value.

9

If calibration is performed with a medium other thanthe process medium, enter the density of thecalibration medium in "Adjust density (034)".
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Adjust density (034)

10 If calibration was performed with a medium otherthan the process medium, specify the density of theprocess medium in the "Process density (035)"
parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level Process density (035)11 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 3 m (9.8 ft).

The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode.
See  ä 123 "Unit before lin. (025)".

76

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.4.4

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)"In pressure" level selection
Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration)

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a pressure of 450 mbar (6.53 psi). The minimum
volume of 0 liters corresponds to a pressure of 50 mbar (0.72 psi) since the device ismounted below the start of the level measuring range.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the pressure and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.

• The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty pressure (029)/Fullpressure (032)" must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning
message displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are notchecked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task
so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be pressure shifts in the measured value,i.e. when the container is empty or partly filled, the measured value is not zero. For
information on how to perform position adjustment, see  ä 73, "Pos. zero adjust".
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the"Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)

2

r =1

Select a pressure unit by means of the "Press. eng.
unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.

g
cm 3

A
0l
50 mbarMenu path: Setup  Press. eng. unit (125)3B1000 l450 mbar

Select the "In pressure" level mode by means of the"Level selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Level selection (024)4

Select a volume unit by means of the "Unit before lin.
Fig. 30:(025)" parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Unit before lin. (025)Endress+Hauser

A
C
B
D

A0030030

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

77

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
5

Select the "Dry" option by means of the "Calibration
mode (027)" parameter.

V[l]Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Calibration mode (027)6

C 1000"Adjust density (034)" contains the factory setting
1.0, but this value can be changed if required. The
entered value pairs must correspond to this density.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Adjust density (034)7

Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty calib. (028)8AEnter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0liters for example.

0
50

450

B

D

p
[mbar]
A0031028

Fig. 31:Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration
E
point via the "Empty pressure (029)" parameter, here F
50 mbar (0.72 psi) for example.
G

H

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty pressure (029)9Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here
1000 liters (264 gal) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullcalib. (031)

10 Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration
point via the "Full pressure (032)" parameter, here
450 mbar (6.53 psi) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullpressure (032)
11 If calibration was performed with a medium otherthan the process medium, specify the density of theprocess medium in the "Process density (035)"
parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level Process density (035)12 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).

The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode.
See  ä 123 "Unit before lin. (025)".

78

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.4.5

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)"In height" level selection
Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration)

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (14.8 ft). The minimum volume of 0liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the start ofthe level measuring range.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the height and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.

• The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty height (030)/Fullheight (033)" must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message
displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be pressure shifts in the measured value,i.e. when the container is empty or partly filled, the measured value is not zero. For
information on how to perform position adjustment, see  ä 73, "Pos. zero adjust".
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the"Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)2

A r =1

Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)"parameter, here "mbar" for example.

g
cm 3

B
0l
0.5 m

Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)3Select the "In height" level mode via the "Level
selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Level selection (024)4

Select a volume unit via the "Unit before lin. (025)"
parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Unit before lin. (025)5

Select a level unit by means of the "Height unit (026)"
parameter, here "m" for example.

C
1000 l
4.5 m

A0031027

Fig. 32:A
B
C

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Steps 8 and 9.
See Table, Steps 10 and 11..

Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Height unit (026)6

Select the "Dry" option by means of the "Calibration
mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Calibration mode (027)7Enter the density of the medium via the "Adjust
density (034)" parameter, here "1 g/cm3" (1 SGU) for
example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Adjust density (034)Endress+Hauser

79Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
8Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0liters for example.

h[m]Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty calib. (028)
9

h=

p
r ×g

4.5
A
g
r =1
cm 3

Enter the height value for the lower calibration point
via the "Empty height (030)" parameter, here 0.5 m(1.6 ft) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty height (030)0.550

10 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here
1000 liters (264 gal) for example.

450

V
[l]

D 1000Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullcalib. (031)
11 Enter the height value for the upper calibration point
via the "Full height (033)" parameter, here 4.5 m(14.8 ft) for example.

h=Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullheight (033)
12 If the process uses a medium other than that on
which the calibration was based, the new density
must be specified in the "Process density (035)"
parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level Process density (035)13p[mbar]

B

0
0.5
C

4.5
E

p
r ×g

h
[m]
A0031066

Fig. 33:A
B
C
Result:D
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal). E

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 11.

The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode ä 123 "Unit before lin. (025)".

80

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.4.6

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)"In height" level selection
Calibration with reference pressure (wet calibration)

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (14.8 ft). The minimum volume of 0liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the start ofthe level measuring range.
The density of the medium is 1 g/cm3 (1 SGU).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.

The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)" and the pressure values present
at the device must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message
displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
Description
1

Perform position adjustment. See  ä 73.

2

Select the "In height" level mode via the "Level
selection (024)" parameter.

gA r =1
cm 3

Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Level selection (024)3C1000 l
4.5 m
B
0l
0.5 m

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the"Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Measuring mode (005)4

Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)"parameter, here "mbar" for example.
A0031027

Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)5Select a volume unit via the "Unit before lin. (025)"
parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Unit before lin. (025)Endress+Hauser

Fig. 34:A
B
C

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

81

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
6

Select a level unit by means of the "Height unit (026)"
parameter, here "m" for example.

h[m]Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Height unit (026)

h=

4.5

7

Select the "Wet" option by means of the "Calibration
mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Calibration mode (027)8

If calibration is performed with a medium other thanthe process medium, enter the density of thecalibration medium in the "Adjust density (034)"
parameter, here 1 g/cm3 (1 SGU) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Adjust density (034)0.5

The pressure for the lower calibration point ispresent at the device, here 0.5 m covered / 49 mbar
(0.71 psi) for example.

C 1000

9

p
r ×g

A
g
r =1
cm 3

50

450

V
[l]

Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0liters for example. (The pressure currently measured
is displayed as the height, here 0.5 m (1.6 ft) for
example.)h=B

Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty calib. (028)00.5

10 The pressure for the upper calibration point ispresent at the device, here 4.5 m covered / 441 mbar
Abb. 35:(6.4 psi) for example.
Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here
"1000 liters" (264 gal) for example. The pressure
currently measured is displayed as the height, here
"4.5 m" (14.8 ft) for example.

p[mbar]

A
B
C

4.5

p
r ×g

h
[m]
A0031029

Abgleich mit Referenzdruck –Nassabgleich

Siehe Tabelle, Schritt 8.
Siehe Tabelle, Schritt 9.
Siehe Tabelle, Schritt 10.

Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullcalib. (031)
11 If calibration was performed with a medium otherthan the process medium, specify the density of theprocess medium in the "Process density (035)"
parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level Process density (035)12 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).

The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode ä 123 "Unit before lin. (025)".

82

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.4.7

Endress+Hauser

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Required parameters for Level measuring mode

Parameter name

Description

Level selection (024) ä 123

Unit before lin. (025) ä 123Height unit (026) ä 123

Calibration mode (027) ä 123

Empty calib. (028) ä 124

Empty pressure (029) ä 124

Empty height (030) ä 124

Full calib. (031) ä 124

Full pressure (032) ä 124

Full height (033) ä 124

Density unit (127) ä 125

Adjust density (034) ä 125

Process density (035) ä 125

Level before lin. (019) ä 12583

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.5

Linearization

8.5.1

Manual entry of the linearization table via onsite display

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearization table are known.
• A level calibration has been performed.

For a description of the parameters mentioned,  Chap. 8.11 "Description of parameters".
Description
1

Select the "Manual entry" option via the "Lin. mode(037)" parameter.

A0030032V[m 3 ]

Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Lin. mode (037)2

Select a unit via the "Unit after lin. (038)" parameter,
e.g. m3.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Unit after lin. (038)3Enter the number of the point in the table via the"Line numb. (039)" parameter.

0
0

3.0

h
[m]

Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Line numb. (039)The level is entered via the "X-value (040) (manualentry)" parameter, here 0 m for example. Confirm
your entry.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization X-value (040) (manual entry)V[m 3 ]
3.5

Using the "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semiauto. entry)" parameter, enter the associated volume
value, here 0 m3 for example, and confirm the value.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Y-value (041) (manual entry/insemi-auto. entry)

0
0

84

3.0

h
[m]

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Description
4

To enter another point in the table, select the "Nextpoint" option via the "Edit table (042)" parameter.
Enter the next point as explained in Step 3.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Edit table (042)5

Once all the points have been entered in the table,
select the "Activate table" option via the "Lin. mode"parameter.Lin. mode (037)
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Lin. mode (037)6Result:
The measured value after linearization is displayed.

Error message F510 "Linearization" and status signal "failure" appears as long as the table isbeing entered and until the table is activated.

Endress+Hauser

85Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

8.5.2

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Manual entry of the linearization table via the operating tool

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearization table are known.
• The "Level" operating mode has been selected.
• A level calibration has been performed.

For a description of the parameters mentioned,  Chap. 8.11 "Description of parameters".
Description
1

Select the "Manual entry" option via the "Lin. mode(037)" parameter.

V[m 3 ]

Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Lin. mode (037)2

Select via the "Unit after lin. (038)" parameter, e.g.
m3.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Unit after lin. (038)3Enter the number of the point in the table via the"Line numb. (039)" parameter.

0
0

3.0

h
[m]

Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Line numb. (039)The level is entered via the "X-value (040) (manualentry)" parameter, here 0 m for example. Confirm
your entry.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization X-value (040) (manual entry)V[m 3 ]
3.5

Using the "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semiauto. entry)" parameter, enter the associated volume
value, here 0 m3 for example, and confirm the value.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Y-value (041) (manual entry/insemi-auto. entry)

0
0

3.0

h
[m]
A0030032

86

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Description
4

To enter another point in the table, select the "Nextpoint" option via the "Edit table (042)" parameter.
Enter the next point as explained in Step 3.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Edit table (042)5

Once all the points have been entered in the table,
select the "Activate table" option via the "Lin. mode"parameter.Lin. mode (037)
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Lin. mode (037)6Result:
The measured value after linearization is displayed.

Error message F510 "Linearization" and alarm current appears as long as the table is being
entered and until the table is activated.

Endress+Hauser

87Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

8.5.3

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Semi-automatic entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• The tank can be filled or emptied. The linearization characteristic must rise continuously.
• A level calibration has been performed.

For a description of the parameters mentioned  Chap. 8.11 "Description of parameters".
Description
1

Select the "Semi-auto. entry" option via the "Lin.
mode (037)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Lin. mode (037)2

Select the volume unit/mass unit via the "Unit afterlin. (038)" parameter, e.g. m3.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Unit after lin. (038)3Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.

4

Enter the number of the point in the table via the"Line numb. (039)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Line numb. (039)
The actual level is displayed via the "X-value (040)(manual entry)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization X-value (040) (manual entry)
Using the "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semiauto. entry)" parameter, enter the associated volume
value, here 0 m3 for example, and confirm the value.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Y-value (041) (manual entry/insemi-auto. entry)

5

6

7

To enter another point in the table, select the "Nextpoint" option via the "Edit table (042)" parameter.
Enter the next point as explained in Step 4.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Edit table (042)
Once all the points have been entered in the table,
select the "Activate table" option via the "Lin. mode(037)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup 
Linearization Lin. mode (037)V[m 3 ]

0
0

3.0

h
[m]

V
[m 3 ]
3.5

0
0

3.0

h
[m]
A0030032

Result:
The measured value after linearization is displayed.

Error message F510 "Linearization" and status signal "failure" appears as long as the table isbeing entered and until the table is activated.

88

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.5.4

Endress+Hauser

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Required parameters for linearization

Parameter name

Description

Lin. mode (037) ä 125

Unit after lin. (038) ä 126

Line numb. (039) ä 126

X-value (040) (manual entry)

 ä 126

Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)

 ä 126

Edit table (042) ä 126

Tank description (173) ä 126

Tank content (043) ä 126

89

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.6

Pressure measurement

8.6.1

Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration)

Calibration is possible only using FieldCare.
Example:In this example, a device with a 400 mbar (6 psi) sensor is configured for the 0 to +300 mbar
(4.35 psi) measuring range, i.e. 0 mbar and 300 mbar (4.35 psi) are assigned.
Prerequisite:
This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the pressure values for the lower and upper range are
known.

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be pressure shifts in the measured value, i.e.
the measured value is not zero in a pressureless condition. For information on how to
perform position adjustment, see  ä 73.
Description
1

Select the "Pressure" measuring mode via the "Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)2

Select a pressure unit via the "Scale in. Press. eng. unit" element, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Scale in. Press. eng. unit

3Enter a pressure value of 0 mbar via the "Scale in. Set LRV" element.
Menu path: Expert Communication Pressure Transducer Block Scale in. Set LRV

4Enter a pressure value of 300 mbar (4.35 psi) via the "Scale in. Set LRV" element.
Menu path: Expert Communication Pressure Transducer Block Scale in. Set LRV

5Result:
The measuring range is configured for 0 to +300 mbar (4.35 psi).

8.6.2

90

Required parameters for Pressure measuring mode

Parameter name

Description

Measuring mode (005) ä 119

Switch P1/P2 (163) ä 121High-pressure side (006) (Deltabar) ä 121

Press. eng. unit (125) ä 120

Corrected press. (172) ä 122

Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar M and gauge pressure sensor)

 ä 120

Damping switch (164) ä 120

Damping value (017) ä 120

Pressure af. damp (111) ä 122

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

8.7

Differential pressure measurement (Deltabar M)

8.7.1

Preparatory steps

Before calibrating the device, the impulse piping must be cleaned and filled with medium.
 See the following table.
ValvesMeaning

1

Close 3.

2

Fill measuring system with medium.
Open A, B, 2, 4.

4

5

Clean impulse piping if necessary:1)– by blowing out with compressed air in the case ofgases– by rinsing out in the case of liquids.
Close 2 and 4.

Block off device.

Open 1 and 5.

Blow out/rinse out impulse
piping.

Close 1 and 5.

Close valves after cleaning.

6

II

P1 P2
+ –
3
2

4

+

–

A

B

7

Vent device.
Open 2 and 4.

Introduce medium.

Close 4.

Close low-pressure side.

+–

Open 3.

Balance positive and lowpressure side.

A

B

Open 6 and 7 briefly, thenclose them again.

Fill device completely withmedium and remove air.

I

Open 4.

6III

Set measuring point in operation.
Close 3.

II

Shut off high-pressure sidefrom low-pressure side.

1

P1 P2
+ –
3
2

7

4

5

Connect low-pressure side.

Now– 1, 3, 5, 6 and 7 are closed.
– 2 and 4 are open.
– A and B open (if present).

Endress+Hauser

I

Medium flows in.

III

3

Preferred installation

6

Carry out calibration if necessary.  See also page 92.

1)

for arrangement with 5 valves

A0030036

Above: preferred installation for gases
Below: preferred installation for liquids
I
II
III
1, 5
2, 4
3
6, 7
A, B

Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Separator
Drain valves
Inlet valves
Equalizing valve
Vent valves on Deltabar M
Shut-off valve

91Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

8.7.2

92

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Required parameters for differential pressure via Pressure
measuring mode

Parameter name

Description

Measuring mode (005) ä 119

Switch P1/P2 (163) ä 121High-pressure side (006) (Deltabar) ä 121

Press. eng. unit (125) ä 120

Corrected press. (172) ä 122

Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar M and gauge pressure sensor)

 ä 120

Calib. offset (192) / (008) (absolute pressure sensor)

 ä 120

Damping switch (164) ä 120

Damping value (017) ä 120

Pressure af. damp (111) ä 122

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

8.8

Flow measurement (Deltabar M)

8.8.1

Information on flow measurement

In the "Flow" measuring mode, the device determines a volume or mass flow value from thedifferential pressure measured. The differential pressure is generated by means of primaryelements such as pitot tubes or orifice plates and depends on the volume or mass flow. Fourflow types are available: volume flow, norm volume flow (European norm conditions),
standard volume flow (American standard conditions), mass flow and flow in %.
In addition, the Deltabar M software is equipped with two totalizers as standard. The
totalizers add up the volume or the mass flow. The counting function and the unit can be set
separately for both totalizers. The first totalizer (totalizer 1) can be reset to zero at any time
while the second (totalizer 2) totalizes the flow from commissioning onwards and cannot be
reset.

The totalizers are not available for the "Flow in %" flow type.

Endress+Hauser

93Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

8.8.2

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Preparatory steps

Before calibrating the Deltabar M, the impulse piping must be cleaned and filled withmedium. See the following table.
ValvesMeaning

1

Close 3.

2

Fill measuring system with medium.
Open A, B, 2, 4.

4

5

I

6

Medium flows in.

Clean impulse piping if necessary1):– by blowing out with compressed air in the case ofgases– by rinsing out in the case of liquids.
Close 2 and 4.

Block off device.

Open 1 and 5.

Blow out/rinse out impulse
piping.

Close 1 and 5.

Close valves after cleaning.

II

7

P1 P2
+ –
3
2

4

+

–

A

B

Vent device.
Open 2 and 4.

Introduce medium.

Close 4.

Close low-pressure side.

Open 3.

Balance positive and lowpressure side.

Open 6 and 7 briefly, thenclose them again.

Fill device completely withmedium and remove air.

+

–

A

B

I

6

III

Carry out position zero adjustment ( ä 73) if thefollowing conditions are met. If the conditions are notmet, then do not carry out the pos. zero adjustment until
after step 6.

II
1

7

P1 P2
+ –
3
2

III

3

Preferred installation

4

Conditions:– The process cannot be blocked off.
– The tapping points (A and B) are at the same geodetic
height.
Above: preferred installation for gases
6

Set measuring point in operation.

94

I

Shut off high-pressure side II
IIIfrom low-pressure side.

Open 4.

Connect low-pressure side.

7

Carry out position zero adjustment ( ä 73) if the flow
can be blocked off. In this case, step 5 is not applicable.

8

Carry out calibration. See page 95,  Chap. 8.8.3.

1)

for arrangement with 5 valves

A0030036

Below: preferred installation for liquids

Close 3.

Now
– 1, 3, 5, 6 and 7 are closed.
– 2 and 4 are open.
– A and B open (if present).

5

1, 5
2, 4
3
6, 7
A, B

Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Separator
Drain valves
Inlet valves
Equalizing valve
Vent valves on Deltabar M
Shut-off valves

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.8.3

Endress+Hauser

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Required parameters for the "Flow" measuring mode

Parameter name

Description

Lin./SQRT switch (133) (Deltabar) ä 119

Measuring mode (005) ä 119

Switch P1/P2 (163) ä 121High-pressure side (006) (Deltabar) ä 121

Press. eng. unit (125) ä 120

Corrected press. (172) ä 122

Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar M and gauge pressure sensor)

 ä 120

Max. flow (009) ä 128

Max. pressure flow (010) ä 128

Damping switch (164) ä 120

Damping value (017) ä 120

Flow (018) ä 128

Pressure af. damp (111) ä 12295

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.9

Level measurement (Deltabar M)

8.9.1

Preparatory steps

Open container

Before calibrating the device, the impulse piping must be cleaned and filled with medium.
 See the following table.
ValvesMeaning1

Fill container to a level above the lower tap.

2

Fill measuring system with medium.
Open A.

3

Installation

Open shut-off valve.

Vent device.

+Open 6 briefly, then close it Fill device completely withagain.
medium and remove air.
4

I

Set measuring point in operation.
Now– B and 6 are closed.
– A is open.

5

96

Carry out calibration according to one of the following
methods:• "In pressure" - with reference pressure ( ä 99)• "In pressure" - without reference pressure ( ä 101)• "In height" - with reference pressure ( ä 103)
• "In height" - without reference pressure ( ä 105)

6

II

P1 P2
+ – p
atm
A

B

A0030038

Open container
I
II
6
A
B

Deltabar M
Separator
Vent valves on Deltabar M
Shut-off valve
Drain valve

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Closed container

Before calibrating the device, the impulse piping must be cleaned and filled with medium.
 See the following table.
ValvesMeaning1

Fill container to a level above the lower tap.

2

Fill measuring system with medium.

4

Shut off high-pressure sidefrom low-pressure side.

Open A and B.

Open shut-off valves.

Endress+Hauser+ A

Vent high-pressure side (empty low-pressure side if
necessary).
Open 2 and 4.

Introduce medium on highpressure side.

Open 6 and 7 briefly, thenclose them again.

Fill high-pressure sidecompletely with medium
and remove air.

I

6

III
II

Set measuring point in operation.
Now– 3, 6 and 7 are closed.
– 2, 4, A and B are open.

5– B

Carry out calibration according to one of the following
methods:• "In pressure" - with reference pressure ( ä 99)• "In pressure" - without reference pressure ( ä 101)• "In height" - with reference pressure ( ä 103)
• "In height" - without reference pressure ( ä 105)

1

P1 P2
+ –
3
2

4

7
III

3

Close 3.

Installation

5
A0030039

Closed container
I
II
III
1, 5
2, 4
3
6, 7
A, B

Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Separator
Drain valves
Inlet valves
Equalizing valve
Vent valve on Deltabar M
Shut-off valve

97

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Closed container with superimposed steam

Before calibrating the device, the impulse piping must be cleaned and filled with medium.
 See the following table.
ValvesMeaning1

Fill container to a level above the lower tap.

2

Fill measuring system with medium.
Open A and B.

Installation–

Open shut-off valves.

B

Fill the negative impulse piping to the level of thecondensate trap.
Vent device.
Open 2 and 4.

Introduce medium.

Close 4.

Close low-pressure side.

Open 3.

Balance positive and lowpressure side.

Open 6 and 7 briefly, thenclose them again.
4

Open 4.

Fill device completely withmedium and remove air.

II
1

P1 P2
+ –
3
2

7

4

Shut off high-pressure sidefrom low-pressure side.
Connect low-pressure side.

Now– 3, 6 and 7 are closed.
– 2, 4, A and B are open.

98

6

III

Set measuring point in operation.
Close 3.

5

I

Carry out calibration according to one of the following
methods:• "In pressure" - with reference pressure ( ä 99)• "In pressure" - without reference pressure ( ä 101)• "In height" - with reference pressure ( ä 103)
• "In height" - without reference pressure ( ä 105)

III

3

+ A

5
A0030040

Closed container with superimposed steam
I
II
III
1, 5
2, 4
3
6, 7
A, B

Deltabar M
Three-valve manifold
Separator
Drain valves
Inlet valves
Equalizing valve
Vent valves on Deltabar M
Shut-off valves

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.9.2

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)"In pressure" level selection
Calibration with reference pressure (wet calibration)

Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in "m". The maximum level is 3 m (9.8ft). The pressure range is due to the filling height and the density.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.

The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)" and the pressures present at thedevice must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message
displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
Description
1

Perform "position adjustment"  ä 73.

2

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the"Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)3

Select a pressure unit by means of the "Press. eng.
unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup  Press. eng. unit (125)4Select the "In pressure" level mode by means of the"Level selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Extended Setup Level 
Level selection (024)Endress+Hauser

99Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
5

Select a level unit by means of the "Unit before lin.
(025)" parameter, here "m" for example.

h[m]Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Unit before lin. (025)
6

B

3

A

0

Select the "Wet" option by means of the "Calibration
mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Calibration mode (027)7

The pressure for the lower calibration point ispresent at the device, here 0 mbar for example.

0

Select the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty calib. (028)Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. The
pressure value present is assigned to the lower levelvalue by confirming the value.
8

300

p
[mbar]
A0017658

Fig. 36:A
B

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.

The pressure for the upper calibration point ispresent at the device, here 300 mbar (4.35 psi) for
example.
Select the "Full calib. (031)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullcalib. (031)Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
The pressure value present is assigned to the upper
level value by confirming the value.

9

If calibration is performed with a medium other thanthe process medium, enter the density of thecalibration medium in "Adjust density (034)".
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Adjust density (034)

10 If calibration was performed with a medium otherthan the process medium, specify the density of theprocess medium in the "Process density (035)"
parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level Process density (035)11 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 3 m (9.8 ft).

The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode.
See  ä 123 "Unit before lin. (025)".

100

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.9.3

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)"In pressure" level selection
Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration)

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a pressure of 450 mbar (6.53 psi). The minimum
volume of 0 liters corresponds to a pressure of 50 mbar (0.72 psi) since the device ismounted below the start of the level measuring range.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the pressure and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.

• The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty pressure (029)/Fullpressure (032)" must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning
message displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are notchecked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task
so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be pressure shifts in the measured value,i.e. when the container is empty or partly filled, the measured value is not zero. For
information on how to perform position adjustment, see  ä 73, "Pos. zero adjust".
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the"Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)2

Select a pressure unit by means of the "Press. eng.
unit (125)" parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup  Press. eng. unit (125)3Select the "In pressure" level mode by means of the"Level selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Level selection (024)4

Select a volume unit by means of the "Unit before lin.
(025)" parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Unit before lin. (025)Endress+Hauser

101Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
5

Select the "Dry" option by means of the "Calibration
mode (027)" parameter.

V[l]Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Calibration mode (027)6

C 1000"Adjust density (034)" contains the factory setting
1.0, but this value can be changed if required. The
entered value pairs must correspond to this density.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Adjust density (034)7Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0liters for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty calib. (028)

8

A

0
50

450

B

D

p
[mbar]
A0031194

Fig. 37:

Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration
A
point via the "Empty pressure (029)" parameter, here BC
50 mbar (0.72 psi) for example.
D

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty pressure (029)9Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here
1000 liters (264 gal) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullcalib. (031)

10 Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration
point via the "Full pressure (032)" parameter, here
450 mbar (6.53 psi) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullpressure (032)
11 If calibration was performed with a medium otherthan the process medium, specify the density of theprocess medium in the "Process density (035)"
parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level Process density (035)12 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).

The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode.
See  ä 123 "Unit before lin. (025)".

102

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.9.4

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)"In height" level selection
Calibration without reference pressure (dry calibration)

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (14.8 ft). The minimum volume of 0liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the start ofthe level measuring range.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the height and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.

• The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty height (030)/Fullheight (033)" must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message
displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be pressure shifts in the measured value,i.e. when the container is empty or partly filled, the measured value is not zero. For
information on how to perform position adjustment, see  ä 73, "Pos. zero adjust".
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the"Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup Measuring mode (005)2

Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)"parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)3Select the "In height" level mode via the "Level
selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Level selection (024)4

Select a volume unit via the "Unit before lin. (025)"
parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Unit before lin. (025)5

Select a level unit by means of the "Height unit (026)"
parameter, here "m" for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Height unit (026)6

Select the "Dry" option by means of the "Calibration
mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Calibration mode (027)7Enter the density of the medium via the "Adjust
density (034)" parameter, here "1 g/cm3" (1 SGU) for
example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Adjust density (034)Endress+Hauser

103Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
8Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0liters for example.

h[m]Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty calib. (028)
9

h=

p
r ×g

4.5
A
g
r =1
cm 3

Enter the height value for the lower calibration point
via the "Empty height (030)" parameter, here 0.5 m(1.6 ft) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty height (030)0.549

10 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here
1000 liters (264 gal) for example.

441

V
[l]

D 1000Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullcalib. (031)
11 Enter the height value for the upper calibration point
via the "Full height (033)" parameter, here 4.5 m(14.8 ft) for example.

h=Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullheight (033)
12 If the process uses a medium other than that on
which the calibration was based, the new density
must be specified in the "Process density (035)"
parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level Process density (035)13p[mbar]

B

0
0.5

4.5

C

E

p
r ×g

h
[m]
A0031195

Fig. 38:A
B
C
Result:D
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal). E

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 11.

The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode ä 123 "Unit before lin. (025)".

104

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.9.5

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)"In height" level selection
Calibration with reference pressure (wet calibration)

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters (264 gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (14.8 ft). The minimum volume of 0liters corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft) since the device is mounted below the start ofthe level measuring range.
The density of the medium is 1 g/cm3 (1 SGU).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.

The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)" and the pressure values present
at the device must be at least 1% apart. The value will be rejected, and a warning message
displayed, if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
Description
1

Perform position adjustment. See  ä 73.

2

Select the "In height" level mode via the "Level
selection (024)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Level selection (024)3

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the"Measuring mode (005)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Measuring mode (005)4

Select a pressure unit via the "Press. eng. unit (125)"parameter, here "mbar" for example.
Menu path: Setup Press. eng. unit (125)5Select a volume unit via the "Unit before lin. (025)"
parameter, here "l" (liter) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Unit before lin. (025)Endress+Hauser

105

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
6

Select a level unit by means of the "Height unit (026)"
parameter, here "m" for example.

h[m]Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Height unit (026)
7

8

9

h=

p
r ×g

4.5

Select the "Wet" option by means of the "Calibration
mode (027)" parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Calibration mode (027)

A
g
r =1
cm 3

If calibration is performed with a medium other thanthe process medium, enter the density of thecalibration medium in the "Adjust density (034)"
parameter, here 1 g/cm3 (1 SGU) for example.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Adjust density (034)0.5

The pressure for the lower calibration point ispresent at the device, here 0.5 m covered / 49 mbar
(0.71 psi) for example.

C 1000

49

441

V
[l]

Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the "Empty calib. (028)" parameter, here 0liters for example. (The pressure currently measured
is displayed as the height, here 0.5 m (1.6 ft) for
example.)h=Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level 
Empty calib. (028)

B

0
0.5

10 The pressure for the upper calibration point ispresent at the device, here 4.5 m covered / 441 mbar
(6.4 psi) for example.
Fig. 39:Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the "Full calib. (031)" parameter, here
"1000 liters" (264 gal) for example. The pressure
currently measured is displayed as the height, here
"4.5 m" (14.8 ft) for example.

p[mbar]

A
B
C

4.5

p
r ×g

h
[m]
A0031196

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level  Fullcalib. (031)
11 If calibration was performed with a medium otherthan the process medium, specify the density of theprocess medium in the "Process density (035)"
parameter.
Menu path: Setup  Extended Setup  Level Process density (035)12 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).

The measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available for this level mode ä 123 "Unit before lin. (025)".

106

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.9.6

Endress+Hauser

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Required parameters for Level measuring mode

Parameter name

Description

Level selection (024) ä 123

Unit before lin. (025) ä 123Height unit (026) ä 123

Calibration mode (027) ä 123

Empty calib. (028) ä 124

Empty pressure (029)
Empty pressure (185) ä 124

Empty height (030)
Empty height (186) ä 124

Full calib. (031) ä 124

Full pressure (187)
Full pressure (032) ä 124

Full height (033)
Full height (188) ä 124

Density unit (127) ä 125

Adjust density (034) ä 125

Process density (035) ä 125

Level before lin. (019) ä 125

107

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

8.10

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Overview of the onsite display operating menu

All parameters and their direct access code (in brackets) are listed in the following table. The
page number refers to where a description of the parameter can be found.
Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4

Page

Parameters in italics are read-only parameters and cannot be edited. Specific settings, such as the measuring mode, dry or wet calibration, or hardware
locking, determine whether these parameters are displayed.
 ä 117

Language (000)Display/operat.

Setup

Display mode (001) ä 117Add. disp. value (002) ä 117

Format 1st value (004) ä 118

FF input source (233) ä 118

FF input unit (234) ä 118

FF input form (235) ä 118

Lin./SQRT switch (133) (Deltabar) ä 119

Measuring mode (005)
Measuring mode (182) ä 119

Switch P1/P2 (163) ä 121High-pressure side (006) (Deltabar)
High-pressure side (183) (Deltabar) ä 121

Press. eng. unit (125) ä 120

Corrected press. (172) ä 122

Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar M and gauge pressure sensor)
Calib. offset (192) / (008) (absolute pressure sensor) (absolute pressure sensors) ä 120 ä 120

Max. flow (009) ("Flow" measuring mode) (Deltabar) ä 128

Max. pressure flow (010) ("Flow" measuring mode) (Deltabar) ä 128

Empty calib. (028) ("Level" measuring mode and "Calibration mode (027)" = wet) ä 124

Full calib. (031) ("Level" measuring mode and "Calibration mode (027)" = wet) ä 124

Damping switch (164) (read only) ä 120

Damping value (017)Damping value (184) ä 120

Flow (018) ("Flow" measuring mode) (Deltabar) ä 128

Level before lin. (019) ("Level" measuring mode) ä 125

Pressure af. damp (111) ä 122

Extended setup

Code definition (023) ä 116

Pd-tag. (022) ä 117

Operator code (021) ä 116

Level (Level measuring mode)

...

108

...

...

Level selection (024) ä 123

Unit before lin. (025) ä 123Height unit (026) ä 123

Calibration mode (027) ä 123

Empty calib. (028) ä 124

Empty pressure (029)
Empty pressure (185) ä 124

Empty height (030)
Empty height (186) ä 124

Full calib. (031) ä 124

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4Page... Setup... Extended setup... Level(Level measuring mode)

Full pressure (032)
Full pressure (187) ä 124

Full height (033)
Full height (188) ä 124

Adjust density (034) ä 125

Process density (035) ä 125

Level before lin. (019) ä 125

Lin. mode (037) ä 125

Unit after lin. (038) ä 126

Line numb. (039) ä 126

X-value (040) (manual entry)
X-value (123) (in linear/activ
table)

 ä 126

Linearization ä 126
Y-value (041) (manual entry/insemi-auto. entry)
Y-value (194) (in linear/activ table)
Edit table (042) ä 126

Tank description (173) ä 126

Tank content (043) ä 126

Flow ("Flow" measuring mode) Flow type (044)(Deltabar M)
Mass flow unit (045) ä 127

Norm. flow unit (046) ä 127

Std. flow unit (047) ä 127

Flow unit (048) ä 128

Max. flow (009) ä 128

Max. pressure flow (010) ä 128

Set low-flow cut-off (049) ä 128

Flow (018) ä 128

Channel/CHANNEL (171) ä 130

Out value (195) ä 130

Out status (196) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (200) ä 130

Out value (201) ä 130

Out status (202) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (238) ä 130

Out value (239) ä 130

Out status (240) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (241) ä 130

Out value (242) ä 130

Out status (243) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (255) ä 130

Out value (256) ä 130

Out status (257) ä 130

Eng. unit totalizer 1 (058) (059)(060) (061) ä 132

Totalizer 1 mode (175) ä 132

Analog Input 1

Analog Input 2

Analog Input 3(if instantiated)

Analog Input 4(if instantiated)

Analog Input 5 (Deltabar M)(if instantiated)

Totalizer 1 (Deltabar M)

Endress+Hauser ä 127

109

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4

Page

...

...

...

Totalizer 1 failsafe (176) ä 132... Setup... Extended setup... Totalizer 1 (Deltabar M)

Reset Totalizer 1 (062) ä 132

Totalizer 1 (063) ä 132

Totalizer 1 overflow (064) ä 132

Eng. unit totalizer 2 (065) (066)(067) (068) ä 133

Totalizer 2 mode (177) ä 133

Totalizer 2 failsafe (178) ä 133

Totalizer 2 (069) ä 133

Totalizer 2 overflow (070) ä 133

Totalizer 2 (Deltabar M)

Diagnosis

Diagnostic code (071) ä 133

Last diag. code (072) ä 133

Min. meas. press. (073) ä 134

Max. meas. press. (074) ä 134

Diagnostic list

Event logbook

Instrument info

110

Diagnostic 1 (075) ä 134

Diagnostic 2 (076) ä 134

Diagnostic 3 (077) ä 134

Diagnostic 4 (078) ä 134

Diagnostic 5 (079) ä 134

Diagnostic 6 (080) ä 134

Diagnostic 7 (081) ä 134

Diagnostic 8 (082) ä 134

Diagnostic 9 (083) ä 134

Diagnostic 10 (084) ä 134

Last diag. 1 (085) ä 135

Last diag. 2 (086) ä 135

Last diag. 3 (087) ä 135

Last diag. 4 (088) ä 135

Last diag. 5 (089) ä 135

Last diag. 6 (090) ä 135

Last diag. 7 (091) ä 135

Last diag. 8 (092) ä 135

Last diag. 9 (093) ä 135

Last diag. 10 (094) ä 135

Firmware version (095) ä 117

Serial number (096) ä 117Ext. order code (097) ä 117

Order code (098) ä 117

Pd-tag. (022) ä 117

ENP version (099) ä 117

Config. counter (100) ä 134

LRL sensor (101) ä 128

URL sensor (102) ä 128

Device type code (236) ä 129

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3...

...

Device revision (237) ä 129... Diagnosis

Measured values

Flow (018) ä 128

Level before lin. (019) ä 125

Tank content (043) ä 126

Meas. pressure (020) ä 121

Sensor pressure (109) ä 122

Corrected press. (172) ä 122

Pressure af. damp (111) ä 122

Sensor temp. (110) (only for Cerabar M and Deltapilot M) ä 121

Analog Input 1

Channel/CHANNEL (171) ä 130

Out value (195) ä 130

Analog Input 2

Analog Input 3(if instantiated)

Analog Input 4(if instantiated)

Analog Input 5 (Deltabar M)(if instantiated)

Simulation

Totalizer 1 (Deltabar M)

Totalizer 2 (Deltabar M)

Direct access (119)...

SystemEndress+HauserPage

Out status (196) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (200) ä 130

Out value (201) ä 130

Out status (202) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (238) ä 130

Out value (239) ä 130

Out status (240) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (241) ä 130

Out value (242) ä 130

Out status (243) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (255) ä 130

Out value (256) ä 130

Out status (257) ä 130

Totalizer 1 (063) ä 132

Totalizer 1 overflow (064) ä 132

Totalizer 2 (069) ä 133

Totalizer 2 overflow (070) ä 133

Sim. pressure (113) ä 136

Sim. flow (114) (Deltabar M) ä 136

Sim. level (115) ä 136

Sim. tank cont. (116) ä 136

Sim. error no. (118) ä 136

Simul. switch (251) ä 135

Simulation mode (112) ä 135

Sim. pressure (113) ä 136

Sim. flow (114) (Deltabar M) ä 136

Sim. level (115) ä 136

Sim. tank cont. (116) ä 136

Sim. error no. (118) ä 136

Reset
ExpertLevel 4Enter reset code (124) ä 118
 ä 116

Code definition (023) ä 116111

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3... Expert... System

Lock switch (120) ä 116

Operator code (021) ä 116

Page

Instrument info

Pd-tag. (022) Pd-tag. (022) ä 117... Instrument info

Serial number (096) ä 117

Firmware version (095) ä 117Ext. order code (097) ä 117

Order code (098) ä 117

ENP version (099) ä 117

Electr. serial no. (121) ä 117

Sensor serial no. (122) ä 117

Language (000) ä 117

Display mode (001) ä 117Add. disp. value (002) ä 117

Format 1st value (004) ä 118

FF input source (233) ä 118

FF input unit (234) ä 118

FF input form (235) ä 118

Enter reset code (124) ä 118

Download select ä 119

DisplayManagement

Measurement

Level 4

Lin./SQRT switch (133) (Deltabar) ä 119

Measuring mode (005)
Measuring mode (182) ä 119

Basic setup

Pressure

Pos. zero adjust (007) (Deltabar M
and gauge pressure sensor)

 ä 120

Calib. offset (192) / (008)(absolute pressure sensor)

 ä 120

Damping switch (164) ä 120

Damping value (017)Damping value (184) ä 120

Press. eng. unit (125) ä 120

Temp. eng. unit (126) (only for
Cerabar M and Deltapilot M) ä 121

Sensor temp. (110) ä 121

Switch P1/P2 (163) ä 121 ä 121High-pressure side (006)(Deltabar)
High-pressure side (183) (Deltabar)

Level

...

112

...

...

Meas. pressure (020) ä 121

Sensor pressure (109) ä 122

Corrected press. (172) ä 122

Pressure af. damp (111) ä 122

Level selection (024) ä 123

Unit before lin. (025) ä 123Height unit (026) ä 123

Calibration mode (027) ä 123

Empty calib. (028) ä 124

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4Page... Expert... Measurement... Level

Empty pressure (029)
Empty pressure (185) ä 124

Empty height (030)
Empty height (186) ä 124

Full calib. (031) ä 124

Full pressure (032)
Full pressure (187) ä 124

Full height (033)
Full height (188) ä 124

Density unit (127) ä 83Adjust density (034) ä 125

Process density (035) ä 125

Level before lin. (019) ä 125

Lin. mode (037) ä 125

Unit after lin. (038) ä 126

Line numb. (039) ä 126

X-value (040) (manual entry)
X-value (123) (in linear/activ
table)

 ä 126

Linearization ä 126
Y-value (041) (manual entry/insemi-auto. entry)
Y-value (194) (in linear/activ table)

Flow (Deltabar M)

Sensor limits

Sensor trim

Communication

FF info

Analog Input 1...

Endress+Hauser...

Edit table (042) ä 126

Tank description (173) ä 126

Tank content (043) ä 126

Flow type (044) ä 127

Mass flow unit (045) ä 127

Norm. flow unit (046) ä 127

Std. flow unit (047) ä 127

Flow unit (048) ä 128

Max. flow (009) ä 128

Max. pressure flow (010) ä 128

Set low-flow cut-off (049) ä 128

Flow (018) ä 128

LRL sensor (101) ä 128

URL sensor (102) ä 128

Lo trim measured (129) ä 129

Hi trim measured (130) ä 129

Lo trim sensor (131) ä 129

Hi trim sensor (132) ä 129

Device type code (236) ä 129

Device revision (237) ä 129

Device address (244) ä 129

Device class (245) ä 129

Channel/CHANNEL (171) ä 130

Out value (195) ä 130

Out status (196) ä 130

113

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4Page... Expert... Communication

Analog Input 2

Channel/CHANNEL (200) ä 130

Out value (201) ä 130

Out status (202) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (238) ä 130

Out value (239) ä 130

Out status (240) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (241) ä 130

Out value (242) ä 130

Out status (243) ä 130

Channel/CHANNEL (255) ä 130

Out value (256) ä 130

Analog Input 3(if instantiated)

Analog Input 4(if instantiated)

Analog Input 5 (Deltabar M)(if instantiated) ä 130

Out status (257)
Application

Electr. delta P (158) ä 131

Fixed ext. value (174) ä 131

E.Delta p selec. (246) ä 131

E.Delta p value (247) ä 131

E.Delta p status (248) ä 131

E.Delta p unit (249) ä 131

Totalizer 1 (Deltabar M)

Totalizer 2 (Deltabar M)

Diagnosis

114

...

 ä 132

Totalizer 1 mode (175) ä 132

Totalizer 1 failsafe (176) ä 132

Reset Totalizer 1 (062) ä 132

Totalizer 1 (063) ä 132

Totalizer 1 overflow (064) ä 132

Eng. unit totalizer 2 (065) (066)(067) (068) ä 133

Totalizer 2 mode (177) ä 133

Totalizer 2 failsafe (178) ä 133

Totalizer 2 (069) ä 133

Totalizer 2 overflow (070) ä 133

Diagnostic code ä 133

Last diag. code (072) ä 133

Reset logbook (159) ä 134

Min. meas. press. (073) ä 134

Max. meas. press. (074) ä 134

Reset peakhold (161) ä 134

Alarm behav. P (050) ä 134

Operating hours (162) ä 134

Config. counter (100) ä 134

Diagnostic list...

Eng. unit totalizer 1 (058) (059)(060) (061)...

Diagnostic 1 (075) ä 134

Diagnostic 2 (076) ä 134

Diagnostic 3 (077) ä 134

Diagnostic 4 (078) ä 134

Diagnostic 5 (079) ä 134

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4Page... Expert... Diagnosis... Diagnostic list

Diagnostic 6 (080) ä 134

Diagnostic 7 (081) ä 134

Diagnostic 8 (082) ä 134

Diagnostic 9 (083) ä 134

Diagnostic 10 (084) ä 134

Last diag. 1 (085) ä 135

Last diag. 2 (086) ä 135

Last diag. 3 (087) ä 135

Last diag. 4 (088) ä 135

Last diag. 5 (089) ä 135

Last diag. 6 (090) ä 135

Last diag. 7 (091) ä 135

Last diag. 8 (092) ä 135

Last diag. 9 (093) ä 135

Last diag. 10 (094) ä 135

Simul. switch ä 135

Simulation mode ä 135

Sim. pressure ä 136

Sim. flow (Deltabar M) ä 136

Sim. level ä 136

Sim. tank cont.

 ä 136

Sim. error no.

 ä 136

Event logbook

Simulation

Endress+Hauser

115

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

8.11

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description of parameters

This section describes the parameters in the order they are arranged in the "Expert" operating
menu.
ExpertParameter name

Description

Direct access (119)
Entry

Enter the direct access code to go directly to a parameter.
Options:• A number between 0 and 999 (only valid entries are recognized)
Factory setting:0Note:
For direct access, it is not necessary to enter leading zeros.

8.11.1

SystemExpert → System
Parameter name

Description

Code definition (023)
Entry

Use this function to enter a release code with which the device can be unlocked.
Options:• A number between 0 and 9999
Factory setting:0

Lock switch (120)
Display

Displays the status of DIP switch 1 on the electronic insert.
You can lock or unlock parameters relevant to the measured value with DIP switch
1. If operation is locked by means of the "Operator code (021)" parameter, you can
only unlock operation again by means of this parameter.
Display:• On (locking switched on)• Off (locking switched off)
Factory setting:
Off (locking switched off)

Operator code (021)
Entry

Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock operation.
Options:• To lock: Enter a number  the release code.
• To unlock: Enter the release code.

The release code is "0" in the order configuration. Another release code can be
defined in the "Code definition (023)" parameter. If the user has forgotten therelease code, it can be made visible again by entering the number sequence "5864".
Factory setting:0116

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Expert → System → Instrument info
Parameter name

Description

Pd-tag. (022)
Display

Physical device tag

Serial number (096)
Display

Displays the serial number of the device (11 alphanumeric characters).

Firmware version (095)
Display

Displays the firmware version.

Ext. order code (097)
Display

Displays the extended order code (max. 60 alphanumeric characters).

Order code (098)
Display

Displays the order code (max. 20 alphanumeric characters).

ENP version (099)
Display

Displays the ENP version(ENP = electronic nameplate)Electr. serial no. (121)
Display

Displays the serial number of the main electronics (11 alphanumeric characters).

Sensor serial no. (122)
Display

Displays the serial number of the sensor (11 alphanumeric characters).

Example:Deltabar M: EH_Deltabar_M_5x_6B032A0109D

Factory setting
As per order specifications

Factory setting
As per order specifications

Expert → System → Display
Parameter name

Description

Language (000)Options

Select the menu language for the onsite display.
Options:• English• Possibly another language (as selected when ordering the device)• One further language (language of the manufacturing plant)
Factory setting:EnglishDisplay mode (001)
Options

Specify the contents for the first line of the onsite display in the measuring mode.
Options:• Only primary value (value+bar graph)• External value only (value+status)• All alternating (primary value+secondary value+ext.value)
Factory setting:Primary value (PV)Add. disp. value (002)
Options

Specify the contents for the second line of the onsite display in the measuring
mode.
Options:• No value• Pressure• Main value (%)• Totalizer 1 (Deltabar M)• Totalizer 2 (Deltabar M)
The options depend on the measuring mode chosen.
Factory setting:No value

Endress+Hauser

117Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Parameter name

Description

Format 1st value (004)
Options

Specify the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in themain line.
Options:• Auto• x• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:Auto

FF input source (233)
Options

Select which input of the Input Selector Block will appear as an external value on
the display (see "Display mode (001)" parameter).
Options:• Input1• Input2• Input3• Input4
This list corresponds to the inputs of the Input Selector Block. The Block is always
instantiated but does not have to be in the Auto mode.
Factory setting:
Input1

FF input unit (234)
Options

Select the unit of the external value.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O,• inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• kgf/cm2
Factory setting:mbar or bar depending on the sensor nominal measuring range, or as per orderspecifications

FF input form (235)
Options

Select the formatting of the external value.
Factory setting:x.xExpert → System → Management
Parameter name

Description

Enter reset code (124)
Entry

Reset parameters completely or partially to the factory values or orderconfiguration, ä 55, "Resetting to factory settings (reset)".
Factory setting:0

118

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Parameter name

Description

Download selectDisplay

Selection of data records for the Upload/Download function in Fieldcare.
Prerequisite:
DIP switch 1, 3, 4 and 5 set to "OFF", DIP switch 2 set to "ON" (see picture in
Chap. 6.2.1)).
A download with the factory setting "Copy configuration" causes all parameters
needed for a measurement to be downloaded. If the "Copy configuration" setting ischanged, it takes effect only when a corresponding release code is entered into theparameter "Operator code/S_W_LOCK".
Options:• Copy configuration: With this option, general configuration parameters are
overwritten except for serial number, order number, calibration, position
adjustment, application, and tag information.
• Device replacement: With this option, general configuration parameters are
overwritten except for serial number, order number, calibration and position
adjustment.
• Electronics replacement: This option contains all parameters from "Configurationcopy" and "Device replacement" and: "position adjustment", "sensor trimm", "serial
number", "order number".

The control strategy is not affected by a download.
Selection of device replacement or electronics replacement takes effect only if acorresponding release code has been entered beforehand.
Factory setting:
Copy configuration

8.11.2

Measurement

Expert → Measurement
Parameter name

Description

Lin./SQRT switch (133)(Deltabar)
Display

Displays the status of DIP switch 4 on the electronic insert, which is used to define
the output characteristics of the device.
Display:• SW setting• Square root
The square root signal is used.
Factory setting
SW setting

Measuring mode (005)
Measuring mode (182)
Options

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured differently depending on the measuring mode
selected.

If the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. If necessary, thedevice has to be recalibrated after the measuring mode has been changed.
Options:• Pressure• Level• Flow (Deltabar M only)
Factory setting
Pressure or as per order specifications

Endress+Hauser

119Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Expert → Measurement → Basic setup
Parameter name

Description

Pos. zero adjust (007)(Deltabar M and gaugepressure sensor)
Options

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Example:– Measured value = 2.2 mbar (0.032 psi)
– You correct the measured value via the "Pos. zero adjust (007)" parameter withthe "Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to thepressure present.
– Measured value (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
Options• Confirm• AbortFactory setting:
Abort

Calib. offset (192) / (008) Position adjustment – the pressure difference between the set point and themeasured pressure must be known.
(absolute pressure
sensor)Example:Options– Measured value = 982.2 mbar (14.25 psi)
– You correct the measured value with the value entered (e.g. 2.2 mbar (0.032psi)) via the "Calib. offset (192)" parameter. This means that you are assigning
the value 980.0 (14.21 psi) to the pressure present.
– Measured value (after pos. zero adjust) = 980.0 mbar (14.21 psi)
Factory setting:
0.0
Damping switch (164)
Display

Displays the switch position of DIP switch 2 which is used to switch the damping of
the output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
The output signal is not damped.
• On
The output signal is damped. The attenuation constant is specified in the"Damping value (017)" parameter
Factory settingOn

Damping value (017)Damping value (184)
Entry

Enter damping time (time constant ). The damping affects the speed at which themeasured value reacts to changes in pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 or as per order specifications

Press. eng. unit (125)
Options

Select the pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O,• inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• kgf/cm2
Factory setting:mbar or bar depending on the sensor nominal measuring range, or as per orderspecifications

120

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Parameter name

Description

Temp. eng. unit (126)(only for Cerabar M and
Deltapilot M)
Options

Select the unit for the temperature measured values.

The setting affects the unit for the "Sensor temp. (110)" parameter.
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
Factory setting:°C
Sensor temp. (110)(only for Cerabar M and
Deltapilot M)
Display

Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This can deviate fromthe process temperature.

Expert → Measurement → Pressure
Parameter name

Description

Switch P1/P2 (163)
Display

Indicates whether the "SW/P2 High" DIP switch (DIP switch 5) is switched on.

The "SW/P2 High" DIP switch determines which pressure input corresponds tothe high-pressure side.
Display:• SW setting"SW/P2 High" is switched off: The "High-pressure side (006) (Deltabar)"
parameter determines which pressure input corresponds to the high-pressureside.
• P2 High"SW/P2 High" is switched on: Pressure input P2 corresponds to the highpressure side, independent of the setting in the "High-pressure side (006)(Deltabar)" parameter.
Factory setting:
SW setting
High-pressure side (006)(Deltabar)
High-pressure side (183)(Deltabar)
Options

Determines, which pressure input corresponds to the high-pressure side.

This setting is only valid if the "SW/P2 High" DIP switch is in the OFF position(see "Switch P1/P2 (163)" parameter). Otherwise P2 corresponds to the highpressure side in any case.
Options:• P1 High
Pressure input P1 is the high-pressure side.
• P2 High
Pressure input P2 is the high-pressure side.
Factory setting
P1 HighMeas. pressure (020)
Display

Cerabar M /Deltapilot M

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.

SensorSensor pressure

Sensor trimEndress+Hauser

121Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Parameter name

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
Positionadjustment


Simulation value
Pressure

Corrected Press.



Pressure af. damp

Measuring pressure
DampingElectr. Delta PPressure


P
Level



PV

PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block

Deltabar M
Transducer Block

SensorSensor pressureSimulation value
Pressure

Corrected Press.



Pressure af. damp

Measuring pressure

Sensor trimPositionadjustment
DampingPressure

P
Level

Flow






PV

(PV = Primary Value)Analog Input Block

122

Sensor pressure (109)
Display

Displays the measured pressure before the sensor trim and position adjustment.

Corrected press. (172)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment.

Pressure af. damp (111)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Expert → Measurement → Level
Parameter name

Description

Level selection (024)
Options

Select the method for calculating the level
Options:• In pressure
If this option is selected, specify two pressure/level value pairs. The level value isdisplayed directly in the unit that you select via the "Unit before lin. (025)"
parameter.
• In height
If this option is selected, specify two height/level value pairs. From the measured
pressure, the device first calculates the height using the density. This
information is then used to calculate the level in the "Unit before lin. (025)"
selected using the two value pairs specified.
Factory setting:
In pressure

Unit before lin. (025)
Options

Select the unit for the measured value display for the level before linearization.

The unit selected is only used to describe the measured value. This means that themeasured value is not converted when a new output unit is selected.
Example:• Current measured value: 0.3 ft• New output unit: m• New measured value: 0.3 m
Options• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, in• m3, in3
• l, hl• ft3• gal, Igal
• kg, t• lb
Factory setting:%
Height unit (026)
Options

Select the height unit. The measured pressure is converted to the selected height
unit using the "Adjust density (034)" parameter.
Prerequisite"Level selection" = "In height"
Options
• mm
• m
• in
• ft
Factory setting:m

Calibration mode (027)
Options

Select the calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case of
two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time ("Empty calib. (028)" and"Full calib. (031)" parameters).
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify twopressure/level value pairs or height/level value pairs via the following
parameters: "Empty calib. (028)", "Empty pressure (029)", "Full calib. (031)", "Fullpressure (032)" , "Empty height (030)", "Full height (033)".
Factory setting:
Wet

Endress+Hauser

123

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Parameter name

Description

Empty calib. (028)
Empty calib. (011)
EntryEnter the output value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The unit defined in "Unit before lin. (025)" must be used.

• In the case of wet calibration, the level (container empty) must actually beavailable. The associated pressure is then automatically recorded by the device.
• In the case of dry calibration, the level (container empty) does not have to beavailable. The associated pressure has to be entered in the "Empty pressure(029)" parameter for the "In pressure" level selection. The associated height has
to be entered in the "Empty height (030)" parameter for the "In height" levelselection.
Factory setting:
0.0
Empty pressure (029)
Empty pressure (185)
Entry/Display

Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
See also "Empty calib. (028)".
Prerequisite• "Level selection" = In pressure• "Calibration mode" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:
0.0

Empty height (030)
Empty height (186)
Entry/Display

Enter the height value for the lower calibration point (container empty). Select theunit via the "Height unit (026)" parameter.
Prerequisite:• "Level selection" = "In height"• "Calibration mode" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:
0.0

Full calib. (031)
Full calib. (012)
EntryEnter the output value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The unit defined in "Unit before lin. (025)" must be used.

• In the case of wet calibration, the level (container full) must actually beavailable. The associated pressure is then automatically recorded by the device.
• In the case of dry calibration, the level (container full) does not have to beavailable. The associated pressure has to be entered in the "Full pressure (032)"
parameter for the "In pressure" level selection. The associated height has to beentered in the "Full height (033)" parameter for the "In height" level selection.
Factory setting:
100.0
Full pressure (032)
Full pressure (187)
Entry/Display

Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
See also "Full calib. (031)".
Prerequisite• "Level selection" = In pressure• "Calibration mode" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:Upper-range limit (URL) of the sensor

Full height (033)
Full height (188)
Entry/Display

Enter the height value for the upper calibration point (container full). Select theunit via the "Height unit (026)" parameter.
Prerequisite:• "Level selection" = "In height"• "Calibration mode" = Dry -> entry• "Calibration mode" = Wet -> display
Factory setting:Upper-range limit (URL) is converted to a height unit

124

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Parameter name

Description

Density unit (127)
Display

Displays the density unit. The measured pressure is converted to a height using the"Height unit (026)" and "Adjust density (034)" parameters.
Factory setting:• g/cm3

Adjust density (034)
EntryEnter the density of the medium. The measured pressure is converted to a heightusing the "Height unit (026)" and "Adjust density (034)" parameters.
Factory setting:
1.0

Process density (035)
EntryEnter a new density value for density correction.
The calibration was carried out with water as the medium, for example. Now thecontainer is to be used for another medium with another density. The calibration iscorrected appropriately by entering the new density value in the "Process density(035)" parameter.

If you change to dry calibration after completing a wet calibration using the"Calibration mode (027)" parameter, the density for the "Adjust density (034)" and"Process density (035)" parameters must be entered correctly before changing thecalibration mode.
Factory setting:
1.0
Level before lin. (019)
Display

Displays the level value prior to linearization.

Expert → Measurement → Linearization
Parameter name

Description

Lin. mode (037)
Options

Select the linearization mode.
Options:• Linear
The level is output without being converted beforehand. "Level before lin. (019)"
is output.
• Erase table
The existing linearization table is deleted.
• Manual entry (sets the table to the edit mode, an alarm is output):
The value pairs of the table ("X-value (040) (manual entry)" and "Y-value (041)(manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)") are entered manually.
• Semiautomatic entry (sets the table to the edit mode, an alarm is output):
The container is emptied or filled in stages in this entry mode. The device
records the level value automatically ("X-value (040) (manual entry)"). The
associated volume, mass or %-value is entered manually ("Y-value (041)(manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)").
• Activate table
The table entered is activated and checked with this option. The device shows
the level after linearization.
Factory setting:LinearEndress+Hauser

125Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Parameter name

Description

Unit after lin. (038)
Options

Select the unit (unit of the Y-value).

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Options:• %• cm, dm, m, mm• hl• in3, ft3, m3• l• in, ft
• kg, t• lb
• gal
• IgalFactory setting:%Line numb. (039)
EntryEnter the number of the current point in the table.
The subsequent entries in "X-value (040) (manual entry)" and "Y-value (041)(manual entry/in semi-auto. entry)" refer to this point.
Input range:• 1 ... 32

X-value (040) (manualentry)
X-value (123) (in linear/activ table)
X-value (193) (in semiauto. entry)
Entry/Display

Enter the X-value (value before linearization) for the specific point in the table andconfirm.

Y-value (041) (manualentry/in semi-auto.
entry)
Y-value (194) (in linear/activ table)
Entry/Display

Enter the Y-value (value after linearization) for the specific point in the table.
The unit is determined by "Unit after lin. (038)".

Edit table (042)
Options

Select the function for entering the table.

• If "Lin. mode (037)" = "Manual", the level value must be entered.
• If "Lin. mode (037)" = "Semiautomatic", the level value is displayed and must be
confirmed by entering the associated Y-value.

The linearization table must be monotonic (increasing or decreasing).

Options:• Next point: The "Line numb." parameter is increased by 1. The next point can beentered.
• Current point: stay on the current point to correct a mistake for example.
• Previous point: The "Line numb." parameter is decreased by 1. The previous point
can be corrected/entered again.
• Insert point: insert an additional point (see example below).
• Delete point: delete the current point (see example below).
Example: Add a point - in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the "Line numb. (039)" parameter.
– Select the "Insert point" option via the "Edit table (042)" parameter.
– Point 5 is displayed for the "Line numb. (039)" parameter. Enter new values forthe "X-value (040) (manual entry)" and "Y-value (041) (manual entry/in semiauto. entry)" parameters.
Example: Delete a point - in this case the 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the "Line numb. (039)" parameter.
– Select the "Delete point" option via the "Edit table (042)" parameter.
– The 5th point is deleted. All of the subsequent points are moved up one number
i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:Current point

126

Tank description (173)
Entry

Enter the tank description (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)

Tank content (043)
Display

Displays the level value after linearization.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Expert → Measurement → Flow (Deltabar M)
Parameter name

Description

Flow type (044)
Options

Select the flow type.
Options:• Volume process cond. (volume under operating conditions)• Volume norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe:1013.25 mbar and 273.15 K (0°C))• Volume std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in the USA:1013.25 mbar (14.7 psi) and 288.15 K (15°C/59°F))• Mass (mass under operating conditions)• Flow in %Factory setting:
Volume process conditions

Mass flow unit (045)
Options

Select mass flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow type. When the flow type is changed,
conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type (044)" = Mass
Options:• g/s, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h
• t/s, t/min, t/h, t/d• oz/s, oz/min• lb/s, lb/min, lb/h
• ton/s, ton/min, ton/h, ton/day
Factory setting:kg/s

Norm. flow unit (046)
Options

Select norm flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow type. When the flow type is changed,
conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type (044)" = Volume norm. cond.
Options:• Nm3/s, Nm3/min, Nm3/h, Nm3/d
Factory setting:Nm3/s

Std. flow unit (047)
Options

Select standard flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow type. When the flow type is changed,
conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type (044)" = Volume std. conditions
Options:• Sm3/s, Sm3/min, Sm3/h, Sm3/day• SCFS, SCFM, SCFH, SCFD
Factory setting:Sm3/s

Endress+Hauser

127

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Parameter name

Description

Flow unit (048)
Options

Select volume flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow type. When the flow type is changed,
conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• "Flow type (044)" = Volume process cond.
Options:• dm3/s, dm3/min, dm3/h• m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d
• l/s, l/min, l/h• hl/s, hl/min, hl/day• ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d• ACFS, ACFM, ACFH, ACFD
• ozf/s, ozf/min• gal/s, gal/min, gal/h, gal/d, Mgal/d• Igal/s, Igal/min, Igal/h• bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Factory setting:m3/sMax. flow (009)
EntryEnter maximum flow of primary element.
See also layout sheet of primary element. The maximum flow is assigned to the
maximum pressure which you enter via "Max. pressure flow (010)".
Factory setting:
100.0

Max. pressure flow (010)
EntryEnter maximum pressure of primary element.
See layout sheet of primary element. This value is assigned to the maximum
flow value (see "Max. flow (009)").
Factory setting:Upper-range limit (URL) of the sensor

Set low-flow cut-off (049) Enter switch-on point of the flow-flow cut-off.
Entry
The hysteresis between the switch-on point and the switch-off point is always 1 %of the maximum flow value.
Input range:
Switch-off point: 0 to 50% of end flow value ("Max. flow (009)").

Q
Qmax

Q
Qmax
6%
5%

0%

Δp

0%

Δp
A0025191

Factory setting:
5 % (of the maximum flow value)
Flow (018)
Display

Displays the present flow value.

Expert → Measurement → Sensor limits

128

Parameter name

Description

LRL sensor (101)
Display

Displays the lower-range limit of the sensor.

URL sensor (102)
Display

Displays the upper-range limit of the sensor.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Expert → Measurement → Sensor trim
Parameter name

Description

Lo trim measured (129)
Display

Displays the reference pressure present to be accepted for the lower calibration
point.

Hi trim measured (130)
Display

Displays the reference pressure present to be accepted for the upper calibration
point.

Lo trim sensor (131)
DisplayInternal service parameter.

Hi trim sensor (132)
DisplayInternal service parameter.

8.11.3

Communication

Expert → Communication → FF Info
Parameter name

Description

Device type code (236)
Display

The "Device type code (236)" is the unique device ID in the control system or the FFbus.
It consists of the manufacturer ID (452B48), device type number and device serial
number.
Example:Deltabar M: 452B481021-6B032A0109D

Device revision (237)
Display

Displays the revision or version of a complete device (HW+SW).

Device address (244)Display

Displays the device address currently configured and valid.

Device class (245)
Display

Displays the device class currently configured.
The device can be configured as a "Basic device" or "Link master".

Example:1

Factory setting:
247

Factory setting:
Basic device

Expert → Communication → Resource Block (only with FieldCare)
See  ä 166 ff.
Expert → Communication → Transducer Blocks (only with FieldCare)
See  ä 176 ff.

Endress+Hauser

129

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Expert → Communication → Analog Input 1 to 5
Analog Input

Parameter name (Display Id)

1Channel/CHANNEL (171)

Explanation

Out value (195)
Out status (196)2Channel/CHANNEL (200)Out value (201)
Out status (202)3

Channel/CHANNEL (238)
Out value (239)

See the following table.

Out status (240)4Channel/CHANNEL (241)Out value (242)
Out status (243)

5 (Deltabar M)

Channel/CHANNEL (255)
Out value (256)Out status (257)

Parameter name

Description

Channel/CHANNEL
Display

The current selected Channel/CHANNEL is displayed for instantiated analog inputs. The following list indicates the possible
channels:
Channel/CHANNEL(Set as Default for
pre-instantiated Block)

English text

German Text

1
2 *
3
4
5

(AI 1)(AI 2) Cerabar/Deltapilot(AI 2) Deltabar-

Primary value
Sensor temperature *
Pressure
Max. pressure
Level before linearization
Totalizer 1
Totalizer 2

Hauptmesswert
Sensortemperatur *
Druck gemessen
Maximaler DruckFüllstand vor Linearisierung
Summenzähler 1
Summenzähler 2

Out value
Display

The current value is displayed for instantiated analog inputs, along with the individual units.

Out status
Display

The current status is displayed for instantiated analog inputs.
The following list indicates the status and the related text of the AI OUT value:
StatusBad
Uncertain
Good non-cascaded
Good cascaded

=
=
=
=

Text
BAD
UNCERTAIN
GOOD
GOOD

* Not available for Deltabar M.

130

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.11.4

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Application

Expert → Application (Cerabar M and Deltapilot M)
Parameter name

Description

Electr. delta P (158)
Entry

For switching the electr. delta P application on or off with an external or constantvalue.
Options:
Off
External value
Constant
Factory setting:
Off

Fixed ext. value (174)
Entry

Use this function to enter the constant value.
The value refers to "Press. eng. unit (125)".
Factory setting:
0.0

E.Delta p selec. (246)
Entry

Select which input of the Input Selector Block is chosen as the input value forElectrical Delta P. The input is selected from a picklist (Input1 - Input4). This list
corresponds to the inputs of the Input Selector Block. The Block is always
instantiated and does not have to be in the Auto mode.
Factory setting:
Input1

E.Delta p value (247)
Entry

The corresponding Electrical Delta P. value is displayed for the selected input.

E.Delta p status (248)
Entry

The corresponding Electrical Delta P. status is displayed for the selected input.
The following list indicates the status and the text associated with the status:
Status = Text
Bad = BAD
Uncertain = UNCERTAIN
Good non-cascaded = GOOD
Good cascaded = GOOD

E.Delta p unit (249)
Entry

Select which unit corresponds to the value of the selected inputs.
Factory setting:mbar

Endress+Hauser

131Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Expert → Application → Totalizer 1 (Deltabar M)

With the "Flow in %" flow type setting, the totalizer is not available and is not displayed at
this position.
Parameter name

Description

Eng. unit totalizer 1(058) (059) (060) (061)
Options

Select unit for totalizer 1.
Options
Depending on the setting in the "Flow type (044)" parameter, this parameter offers
a list of volume, norm volume, standard volume and mass units. When a newvolume or mass unit is selected, totalizer-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a unit group. When the flow mode is change,
the totalizer value is not converted.
The Direct Access Code depends on the selected "Flow type (044)":– (058): Flow. meas. type "Mass"– (059): Flow. meas. type "Volume norm. cond."– (060): Flow. meas. type "Volume std. cond."– (061): Flow. meas. type "Volume process cond."
Factory setting:m3

Totalizer 1 mode (175)
Options

Define the behavior of the totalizer.
Options:• Balanced: Integration of all measured flows (positive and negative)• Pos. flow only: only positive flows are integrated.
• Neg. flow only: only negative flows are integrated.
• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.
Factory setting:Pos. flow only

Totalizer 1 failsafe (176)Define the behavior of the totalizer in the case of an error.
Options:• Actual value (It is integrated with the current flow value on.)• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.
Factory setting:
Actual value

Reset Totalizer 1 (062)
Options

You reset totalizer 1 to zero with this parameter.
Options:• Abort (do not reset)• Reset
Factory setting:
Abort

Totalizer 1 (063)
Display

Displays the total value of totalizer 1. You can reset the value with the "Reset
Totalizer 1 (062)" parameter. The "Totalizer 1 overflow (064)" parameter displays
the overflow.
Example: The value 123456789 m3 is indicated as follows:– Totalizer 1: 3456789 m3– Totalizer 1 overflow: 12 E7 m3

Totalizer 1 overflow(064)
Display132

Displays the overflow value of totalizer 1.
See also "Totalizer 1 (063)".

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Expert → Application → Totalizer 2 (Deltabar M)

With the "Flow in %" flow type setting, the totalizer is not available and is not displayed at
this position.
Parameter name

Description

Eng. unit totalizer 2(065) (066) (067) (068)
Options

Select the unit for totalizer 2.
See also "Eng. unit totalizer 1".
The Direct Access Code depends on the selected "Flow type (044)":– (065): Flow. meas. type "Mass"– (066): Flow. meas. type "Gas norm. cond."– (067): Flow. meas. type "Gas. std. cond."– (068): Flow. meas. type "Volume process cond."
Factory setting:m3

Totalizer 2 mode (177)Define the behavior of the totalizer.
Options:• Balanced: Integration of all measured flows (positive and negative)• Pos. flow only: only positive flows are integrated.
• Neg. flow only: only negative flows are integrated.
• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.
Factory setting:Pos. flow only

Totalizer 2 failsafe (178)

Define the behavior of the totalizer in the case of an error.
Options:• Actual value: It is integrated with the current flow value on.
• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.
Factory setting:
Actual value

Totalizer 2 (069)
Display

Displays the totalizer value. The Totalizer 2 overflow (070) parameter displays
the overflow.
See the example for "Totalizer 1".

Totalizer 2 overflow(070)
Display

Displays the overflow value of totalizer 2.
See also "Totalizer 2 (069)" and example for totalizer 1.

8.11.5

Diagnosis

Expert → Diagnosis
Parameter name

Description

Diagnostic code (071)
Display

Displays the diagnostic message with the highest priority currently present.

Last diag. code (072)
Display

Displays the last diagnostic message that occurred and was rectified.

• Digital communication: the last message is displayed.
• The messages listed in the "Last diag. code (072)" parameter can be deleted via
the "Reset logbook (159)" parameter.

Endress+Hauser

133

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Parameter name

Description

Reset logbook (159)
Options

With this parameter, you reset all the messages of the "Last diag. code (072)"
parameter and the "Last diag. 1 (085)" to "Last diag. 10 (094)" event log.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

Min. meas. press. (073)
Display

Displays the lowest pressure value measured (peakhold indicator). You can reset
this indicator by means of the "Reset peakhold (161)" parameter.

Max. meas. press. (074)
Display

Displays the highest pressure value measured (peakhold indicator). You can reset
this indicator by means of the "Reset peakhold (161)" parameter.

Reset peakhold (161)
Options

You can reset the "Min. meas. press." and "Max. meas. press." indicators with thisparameter.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

Alarm behav. P (050)
Selection

Configure the current output for when the sensor limits are undershot or overshot.
Options:• Warning
The device continues measuring. An error message is displayed. The measuring
value status shows "UNCERTAIN".
• Alarm
The measuring value status shows "BAD". An error message is displayed
Factory setting:Warning

Operating hours (162)
Display

Displays the hours of operation. This parameter cannot be reset.

Config. counter (100)Display

Displays the configuration counter.
This counter is increased by one every time a parameter or group is changed. The
counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.

Expert → Diagnosis → Diagnostic list

134

Parameter name

Description

Diagnostic 1 (075)
Diagnostic 2 (076)
Diagnostic 3 (077)
Diagnostic 4 (078)
Diagnostic 5 (079)
Diagnostic 6 (080)
Diagnostic 7 (081)
Diagnostic 8 (082)
Diagnostic 9 (083)
Diagnostic 10 (084)

These parameters contain up to ten diagnosis messages that are currently pending,arranged in order of priority.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Expert → Diagnosis → Event logbook
Parameter name

Description

Last diag. 1 (085)
Last diag. 2 (086)
Last diag. 3 (087)
Last diag. 4 (088)
Last diag. 5 (089)
Last diag. 6 (090)
Last diag. 7 (091)
Last diag. 8 (092)
Last diag. 9 (093)
Last diag. 10 (094)

These parameters contain the last 10 diagnosis messages to occur and be rectified.
They can be reset using the "Reset logbook (159)" parameter.
Errors which have occurred multiple times are displayed once only.

Expert → Diagnosis → Simulation
Parameter name

Description

Simul. switch (251)
Display

Displays the switch position of DIP switch 3 which is used to switch thesimulation of the Analog Input output signal on and off.
Display:• Off
Simulation of the output signal is disabled.
• On
Simulation of the output signal is enabled.
The output signal can be simulated.
Factory setting:Off

Simulation mode (112)
Options

Switch on simulation and select the simulation mode.
Any simulation running is switched off if the measuring mode or Lin. mode(037) level mode is changed.
Options:• None• Pressure, see also this table, "Sim. pressure" parameter• Level, see this table, "Sim. level" parameter• Flow, see this table, "Sim. flow" parameter• Tank content, see this table, "Sim. tank cont." parameter• Alarm/warning, see this table, "Sim. error no." parameter

Cerabar M /Deltapilot M
Transducer Block

Sensor
Sensor trimPositionadjustment


Simulation value
Pressure

DampingElectr. Delta P
Pressure



P
Level

 Simulation value:- Level- Tank content

Endress+Hauser

135Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Parameter name

Description

PV

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block
Deltabar M
Transducer Block

Sensor
Sensor trimPositionadjustment


Simulation value
Pressure

DampingPPressure

Level

Simulation value:- Level- Tank content



Flow



Simulation value:- FlowPV

PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block

Sim. pressure (113)
Entry

Enter the simulation value.
See also "Simulation mode (112)".
Prerequisite:• "Simulation mode (112)" = Pressure
Value when switched on:
Current pressure measured valueSim. flow (114) (Deltabar M) Enter the simulation value.
Entry
See also "Simulation mode (112)".
Prerequisite:• "Measuring mode (005)" = Flow and "Simulation mode (112)" = Flow
Sim. level (115)
Entry

Enter the simulation value.
See also "Simulation mode (112)".
Prerequisite:• "Measuring mode (005)" = Level and "Simulation mode (112)" = Level

Sim. tank cont. (116)
Entry

Enter the simulation value.
See also "Simulation mode (112)".
Prerequisites:• "Measuring mode (005)" = Level, "Lin. mode (037)" = "Activate table" and"Simulation mode (112)" = Tank content.

Sim. error no. (118)
Entry

Enter the diagnostic message number.
See also "Simulation mode (112)".
Prerequisite:• "Simulation mode (112)" = Alarm/warning
Value when switched on:
484 (simulation active)

136

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

8.11.6

Commissioning with an operating menu (onsite display/FieldCare)

Backup or duplicate device data

The device has no memory module. With an operating tool based on FDT technology (e.g.
FieldCare), you have the following options (see parameter "Download select"  ä 119 inoperating menu or via Resource block  ä 173):• Saving/rescuing configuration data
• Duplicating instrument configurations• Transferring all relevant parameters when replacing electronic inserts.
For more information, read the operating manual for the FieldCare operating program.

Endress+Hauser

137

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

9

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration
program

The device is configured at the factory for the Pressure measuring mode (Cerabar, Deltabar)or Level measuring mode (Deltapilot). The measuring range and the unit in which themeasured value is transmitted correspond to the specifications on the nameplate.
!

WARNING

Exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure!
Risk of injury due to bursting of parts! Warning messages are generated if pressure is too
high.
‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output
in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P""S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"
Use the device only within the sensor range limits.
NOTICE

Shortfall of the allowable working pressure!
Output of messages if pressure is too low.
‣ If a pressure smaller than the minimum permitted pressure or greater than the
maximum permitted pressure is present at the device, the following messages are output
in succession (depending on the setting in the "Alarm behavior" (050) parameter):"S140 Working range P" or "F140 Working range P""S841 Sensor range" or "F841 Sensor range""S971 Adjustment"
Use the device only within the sensor range limits.

9.1

Function check

Carry out a post-installation and a post-connection check as per the checklist before
commissioning the device.
• "Post-installation check" checklist  ä 37
• "Post-connection check" checklist  ä 43

9.2!

Commissioning with FF application

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ The device is configured at the factory for the Pressure measuring mode (Cerabar,
Deltabar) or Level measuring mode (Deltapilot). The measuring range and the unit inwhich the measured value is transmitted, as well as the digital output value of the Analog
Input Block OUT, correspond to the data on the nameplate. Following a reset withcode 7864, the OUT parameter may have to be rescaled (see also Page 141,
Section 9.3 "Scaling the OUT parameter").
‣ The standard order configuration is illustrated on  ä 59, Section 6.4.6 "Block model".
‣ The "xxxxxxxxxxx" characters used in the following sections are placeholders for the serial
number.

138

1.

Switch on the device.

2.

Note the DEVICE_ID.  ä 58, Section 6.4.5 "Device identification and addressing" and ä 8, Section 3.2.1 "Nameplate" for the device serial number.

3.

Open the configuration program.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program4.

Load Cff and device description files into the host system or the configuration program.
Make sure you are using the right system files.

5.

Identify the device using the DEVICE_ID (see Point 2). Assign the desired tag nameto the device by means of the "Pd-tag/FF_PD_TAG" parameter.

Configuring the Resource Block
1.

Open the Resource Block.

2.

If necessary, disable the lock for device operation.  ä 54, Section 6.3.5 "Locking/unlocking operation". Operating is unlocked as standard.

3.

If necessary, change the block name. Factory setting: RS-xxxxxxxxxxx (RB2) ()4.

If necessary, assign a description to the block by means of the "Tag Description/
TAG_DESC" parameter.

5.

If necessary, change other parameters as per the requirements.

Configuring the Transducer Blocks
The device has the following Transducer Blocks:• Pressure Transducer Block• DP_FLOW Block (Deltabar)• Display Transducer Block• Diagnostic Transducer Block
The explanation that follows is an example for the Pressure Transducer Block.
1.

If necessary, change the block name. Factory setting: TRD1_xxxxxxxxxxx (PCD)2.

Set the block mode to OOS by means of the "Block Mode/MODE_BLK", TARGET element.

3.

Configure the device in accordance with the measuring task. See also these
Operating Instructions Section 8.2 to Section 9.3.

4.

Set the block mode to "Auto" by means of the "Block Mode/MODE_BLK" parameter,
TARGET element.

!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ The block mode must be set to "Auto" for the Pressure and DP_FLOW Block (Deltabar) forthe measuring device to function correctly.
Configuring the Analog Input Blocks
The device has 2 Analog Input Blocks that can be assigned as required to the various process
variables.

Endress+Hauser1.

If necessary, change the block name. Factory setting: AI1_xxxxxxxxxxx (AI)2.

Set the block mode to OOS by means of the "Block Mode/MODE_BLK" parameter,
TARGET element.

3.

Use the "Channel/CHANNEL" parameter to select the process variable which should be
used as the input value for the Analog Input Block. The following settings are possible:
Cerabar and Deltapilot:– Channel/CHANNEL = 1: Primary value, a pressure or level value depending on themeasuring mode selected– Channel/CHANNEL = 2: Secondary value– Channel/CHANNEL = 3: Pressure– Channel/CHANNEL = 4: Max. pressure– Channel/CHANNEL = 5: Level before linearization
Factory setting:– Analog Input Block 1: Channel/CHANNEL = 1: Primary Value (primary measured
value)– Analog Input Block 2: Channel/CHANNEL = 2: Secondary Value (sensor temperature)

139

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Deltabar:– Channel/CHANNEL = 1: Primary value, a pressure or flow value depending on themeasuring mode selected– Channel/CHANNEL = 3: Pressure– Channel/CHANNEL = 4: Max. pressure– Channel/CHANNEL = 5: Level before linearization– Channel/CHANNEL = 6: Totalizer 1– Channel/CHANNEL = 7: Totalizer 2
Factory setting:– Analog Input Block 1: Channel/CHANNEL = 1: Primary Value (primary measured
value)– Analog Input Block 2: Channel/CHANNEL = 3: Pressure
4.

Use the "Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE" parameter to select the desired unit and the block
input range for the process variable.  ä 141, Section 9.3 "Scaling the OUT parameter".
Make sure that the unit selected suits the process variable selected. If the process
variable does not suit the unit, the "Block Error/BLOCK_ERR" parameter reports "Block
Configuration Error" and the block mode cannot be set to "Auto".

5.

Use the "Linearization Type/L_TYPE" parameter to select the type of linearization for
the input variable (factory setting: Direct).
Make sure that the settings for the "Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE" and "Output Scale/
OUT_SCALE" parameters are the same for the "Direct" linearization type. If the values
and units do not match, the Block Error/BLOCK_ERR parameter reports "Block
Configuration Error" and the block mode cannot be set to "Auto".

6.

Enter the alarm and critical alarm messages by means of the "High High Limit/
HI_HI_LIM", "High Limit/HI_LIM", "Low Low Limit/LO_LO_LIM" and "Low Limit/
LO_LIM" parameters. The limit values entered must be within the value range specified
for the "Output Scale/OUT_SCALE" parameter.

7.

Specify the alarm priorities by means of the "High High Priority/HI_HI_PRI", "HighPriority/HI_PRI", "Low Low Priority/LO_LO_PRI" and "Low Priority/LO_PRI" parameters.
Reporting to the field host system only takes place with alarms with a priority greaterthan 2.

8.

Set the block mode to "Auto" using the "Block Mode/MODE_BLK" parameter, TARGET
element. For this purpose, the Resource Block must also be set to the "Auto" block mode.

Additional configuration

140

1.

Link the function blocks and output blocks.

2.

After specifying the active LAS, download all the data and parameters to the fielddevice.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

9.3

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Scaling the OUT parameterIn the Analog Input Block, the input value or input range can be scaled in accordance withthe automation requirements.
Example:The measuring range 0 to 500 mbar should be rescaled to 0 to 100 %.
• Select XD_SCALE group.
– For EU_0, enter "0".
– For EU_100, enter "500".
– For UNITS_INDEX, enter "mbar".
• Select OUT_SCALE group.
– For EU_0, enter "0".
– For EU_100, enter "100%".
– For UNITS_INDEX, select "%" for example.
The unit selected here does not have any effect on the scaling.
• Result:
At a pressure of 350 mbar, the value 70 is output to a downstream block or to the PCS as
the OUT value.

Analog Input Block
UNITS_INDEX:
mbar
XD_SCALE
EU_100 500

L_TYPE: Indirect

OUT_SCALE
1PRIMARY_VALUE= 350 mbar
Output Pressure
Transducer Block

0.7

0

EU_0

0
0

0.7

1

0
EU_0

70

UNITS_INDEX:%100
EU_100OUT Value = 70
A0030411!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ If you have selected the "Direct" mode for the L_TYPE parameter, you cannot change thevalues and units for XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE.
‣ The L_TYPE, XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE parameters can only be changed in the OOS
block mode.
‣ Make sure that the output scaling of the Pressure Transducer Block SCALE_OUT matches
the input scaling of the Analog Input Block XD_SCALE.

Endress+Hauser

141

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

9.4

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with device application

Commissioning comprises the following steps:
1. Function check ( ä 71)
2.

Selecting the language, measuring mode and pressure unit

3.

Position adjustment ( ä 144)

4.

Configuring measurement:– Pressure measurement ( ä 145 ff)– Level measurement ( ä 146 ff)– Flow measurement (Deltabar M) (Deltabar) ( ä 155 ff)

9.4.1

Selecting the language, measuring mode and pressure unit

Language selection (Display Transducer Block)
Parameter name

Description

Language/
DISPLAY_LANGUAGE
Options

Select language.

Index: 14
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto, OOS

Options:• English• Possibly another language (as selected when ordering the device)• One further language (language of the manufacturing plant)
Factory setting:EnglishMeasuring mode selection (Pressure Transducer Block)
Parameter name

Description

Measuring mode/
OPERATING_MODE

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured differently depending on the measuring mode
selected.

Index: 42
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS
If the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. If necessary, thedevice has to be recalibrated after the measuring mode has been changed.
Options:• Pressure• Level• Flow (Deltabar)
Factory setting:Pressure

142

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure unit selection (Pressure Transducer Block)
Parameter name

Description

Calibration Units/
CAL_UNIT
Entry

Select the pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.

Index: 19
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS

Options• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2
Factory setting:mbar or bar depending on the sensor nominal measuring range, or as per orderspecifications

Endress+Hauser

143

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

9.5

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pos. Zero Adjust

The pressure resulting from the orientation of the device can be corrected here.
(Pressure Transducer Block)
Parameter name

Description

Pos. zero adjust/
PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_ZE
RO_INSTALL
Options

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
for example, when the container is empty or partially full, the Primary Value/
PRIMARY_VALUE parameter does not display zero.

Index: 38
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

This parameter provides the possibility of performing position adjustment where
the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure neednot be known. (A reference pressure is present at the device.)
Example:– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 2.2 mbar
– Correct the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE via the Pos. zero adjust/
PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_ZERO_INSTALL parameter with the "Confirm" option.
This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure present.
– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The Calib. offset/PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_OFFSET parameter ( ä 144) displays
the resulting pressure difference (offset) by which the Primary Value/
PRIMARY_VALUE was corrected.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

Calib. offset/
PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_O
FFSET
Entry
Index: 39
Data type: float
Access: OOS

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
for example, when the container is empty or partially full, the Primary Value/
PRIMARY_VALUE parameter does not display zero or the desired value.
This parameter provides the possibility of performing position adjustment where
the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure is
known. (A reference pressure is not present at the device.)
Example:– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 2.2 mbar
– Via the Calib. offset/PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_OFFSET parameter, enter thevalue by which the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE should be corrected. To
correct the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE to 0.0 mbar, you must enter thevalue 2.2 here. (The following applies: PRIMARY_VALUEnew =PRIMARY_VALUEold – PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_OFFSET)– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE (after entry for calib. offset) = 0.0 mbar
Factory setting:
0.0

144

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

9.6

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure measurement

In this chapter the parameter text as well as the parameter name are indicated.
In FF configuration programs only the parameter text is displayed (exception: in the NIFBUS configurator you can select if the parameter text or the parameter name is displayed).
Example:Parameter text

Parameter nameLinearization

LINEARIZATION• The Cerabar M and the Deltabar M are configured for the pressure measuring mode as
standard. The Deltapilot M is configured for the level measuring mode as standard. The
measuring range and the unit in which the measured value is transmitted, as well as thedigital output value of the Analog Input Block OUT, correspond to the data on the
nameplate.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 178, Pressure Transducer Block–  ä 208, Analog Input Block.
Description
1

Deltabar M: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with medium.

2

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set the blockmode to OOS.

3

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Depending on the sensor, select the "Differential
pressure", "Gauge pressure" or "Absolute pressure"
option by means of the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter.

4

Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" block
mode.

5

If necessary, configure the Channel/CHANNEL( ä 211), Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 212),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 210) and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211) parameters by meansof the Analog Input Block.

6

Result:
The device is ready for pressure measurement.

You can select another pressure unit by means of the Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT( ä 143) parameter. You can also specify a customer-specific unit by means of thisparameter.

Endress+Hauser

145

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

9.7

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Level measurement

In this chapter the parameter text as well as the parameter name are indicated.
In FF configuration programs only the parameter text is displayed (exception: in the NIFBUS configurator you can select if the parameter text or the parameter name is displayed).
Example:Parameter text

Parameter nameLinearization

LINEARIZATION

9.7.1
!

Information on level measurement

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ You have a choice of two methods for calculating the level: "In pressure" and "In height".
The table in the "Overview of level measurement" section that follows provides you withan overview of these two measuring tasks.
‣ The limit values are not checked, i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for thesensor and the measuring task for the device to be able to measure correctly.
‣ Customer-specific units are not possible.
‣ There is no unit conversion.
‣ The values entered for "Empty calib. (028)/Full calib. (031)", "Empty pressure (029)/Fullpressure (032)", "Empty height (030)/Full height (033)" must be at least 1 % apart. The
value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close
together.

9.7.2

Overview of level measurement

Measuring task

Level selection

Measuredvariable options

Description

Measured value display

Calibration is performed byentering two pressure-levelvalue pairs.

"In pressure"

Via the "Unit before lin.
(025)" parameter: %,level, volume or massunits.

– Calibration with reference
pressure (wet calibration), see ä 75– Calibration without reference
pressure (dry calibration), see ä 77The measured value display andthe"Level before lin. (019)"
parameter display the measured
value.

Calibration is performed byentering the density and twoheight-level value pairs.

"In height"

146– Calibration with reference
pressure (wet calibration), see ä 81– Calibration without reference
pressure (dry calibration), see ä 79Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

9.7.3

Commissioning with the FF configuration program"In pressure" level selection

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration
Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in "m". The maximum level is 3 m.
The pressure range is set to 0 to 300 mbar.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.
!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ The values entered for Empty calibration/LOW_LEVEL_EASY and Full calib./
HIGH_LEVEL_EASY must be at least 1% apart for the "Level easy pressure" level mode.
The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close
together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device canmeasure correctly.
‣ Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE does not display zero.
For information on how to perform position adjustment, see also  ä 144,
"Pos. zero adjust/PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_ZERO_INSTALL".
Description
1

Deltabar M: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium.

2

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblockmode to OOS.

B
300 mbar3mA
0 mbar0m

A0030028

Fig. 40:A
B

Endress+Hauser

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 9.

147

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
3

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "Level" option by means of the Primary
Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter.
Or:

4Select the "In pressure" option via the Level selection/
LEVEL_ADJUSTMENT parameter.

5

By means of the "Units index" Scale Out/SCALE_OUT
parameter, select the "m" option.
Or select a level unit by means of the Unit before
Lin./OUT_UNIT_EASY parameter, here "m" forexample.

6

Select the "Wet" option by means of the Calibration
mode/LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE_EASY parameter.

7

Fill the container up to the lower level point.
The associated pressure value can be viewed bymeans of the Meas. pressure/
PRESSURE_1_FINAL_VALUE parameter.

8

By means of the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT1) record
parameter, "EU at 0%/
E_ENGINERING_UNIT_0_PERCENT" elements,
enter a level value, here 0 m for example.
Or enter a level value via the Empty calibration/
LOW_LEVEL_EASY parameter, here 0 m forexample.

9Fill the container up to the upper level point.
The associated pressure value can be viewed bymeans of the Meas. pressure/
PRESSURE_1_FINAL_VALUE parameter.

h
[m]

B

3

A

0
0

300

p
[mbar]
A0017658

Fig. 41:
C
D

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.

10 By means of the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT) record
parameter, "EU at 100%/
E_ENGINERING_UNIT_100_PERCENT" elements,
enter a level value, here 3 m for example.
Or enter a level value via the Full calib./
HIGH_LEVEL_EASY parameter, here 3 m forexample.
11 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" blockmode.
12 If necessary, configure theChannel/CHANNEL ( ä 211),
Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 212),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 210) and
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211) parametersby means of the Analog Input Block.
1)

148

Is only supported by host systems that permit write access to individual elements of the record.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration
Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters corresponds to a pressure of 450 mbar. The minimum volume of 0 liters
corresponds to a pressure of 50 mbar since the device is mounted below the level lowerrange value.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the pressure and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ The values entered for Empty calibration/LOW_LEVEL_EASY and Full calib./
HIGH_LEVEL_EASY must be at least 1% apart for the "Level easy pressure" level mode.
The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close
together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device canmeasure correctly.
‣ Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE parameter does not display
zero.
For information on how to perform position adjustment, see also  ä 144,
"Pos. zero adjust/PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_ZERO_INSTALL".
Description
1

2

Deltabar M: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium.
Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblockmode to OOS.

r =1

g
cm 3

B
1000 l450 mbarA0l
50 mbar

A0030030

Fig. 42:A
B

Endress+Hauser

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 8.

149Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
3

Select the measuring mode if necessary:
Select the "Level" option via the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter. Or:

4

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the Measuringmode/OPERATING_MODE parameter. Select the "Inpressure" option via the Level selection/
LEVEL_ADJUSTMENT parameter.

5

Select the "l" (liter) option via the "Units Index" Scale
Out/SCALE_OUT parameter.
Or select a volume unit via the Unit before Lin./OUT_UNIT_EASY parameter, here "l" for example.

6

Select the "Dry" option via the Calibration mode/
LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE_EASY parameter

7

By means of the Scale In/SCALE_IN record
parameter, "Set URV/
E_PRESSURE_UPPER_RANGE_VALUE" elements,
enter a pressure value, here 450 mbar for example,
or enter a pressure via the Full pressure/
HIGH_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EASY parameter, here
450 mbar for example.

8

By means of the Scale In/SCALE_IN record
parameter, "Set LRV/
E_PRESSURE_LOWER_RANGE_VALUE", enter apressure value, here 50 mbar for example, or enter apressure via the Empty pressure/
LOW_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EASY parameter, here
50 mbar for example.

9

By means of the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT record
parameter, "EU at 100%/
E_ENGINERING_UNIT_100_PERCENT" elements,
enter the tank volume, here 1000 l for example.
Or enter a volume via the Full calib./
HIGH_LEVEL_EASY parameter, here 1000 l for
example.

V[l]

C 1000

A

0
50

450

B

D

p
[mbar]
A0031028

Fig. 43:
E
F
G
H

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 6.
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.

10 By means of the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT record
parameter, "EU at 0%/
E_ENGINERING_UNIT_0_PERCENT" elements,
enter the tank volume, here 0 l for example.
Or enter a volume via the Empty calibration/
LOW_LEVEL_EASY parameter, here 0 l for example.
11 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" blockmode.
12 If necessary, configure
Channel/CHANNEL ( ä 211),
Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 212),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 210) and
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211) parametersby means of the Analog Input Block.

150

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

9.7.4

Commissioning with the FF configuration program"In height" level selection

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration
Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters corresponds to a level of 4.5 m. The minimum volume of 0 liters corresponds toa level of 0.5 m since the device is mounted below the level lower-range value. The densityof the medium is 1 g/cm3.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled and emptied.
!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ The values entered for Empty calibration/LOW_LEVEL_EASY and Full calib./
HIGH_LEVEL_EASY must be at least 1% apart for the "Level easy pressure" level mode.
The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close
together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device canmeasure correctly.
‣ Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE parameter does not display
zero.
For information on how to perform position adjustment, see also  ä 144,
"Pos. zero adjust/PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_ZERO_INSTALL".
Description
1

2

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblockmode to OOS.

3

Select the measuring mode if necessary:
Select the "Level height" option via the Primary Value
Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter. Or:

4

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the Measuringmode/OPERATING_MODE parameter.
Select the "In height" option via the Level selection/
LEVEL_ADJUSTMENT parameter.

5Endress+Hauser

Deltabar M: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium.

Select the "l" (liter) option via the "Units index" Scale
Out/SCALE_OUT parameter, or select a volume unit
via the Unit before Lin./OUT_UNIT_EASY
parameter, here "l" for example.

6

Select a height unit by means of the Height unit/
HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY parameter, here "m" forexample.

7

Select the "Wet" option by means of the Calibration
mode/LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE_EASY parameter.

8Enter a density by means of the Adjust density/
LEVEL_ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY parameter, here"1" g/cm3 for example.

9Fill the container up to the lower level point.
The associated level value can be viewed by means of
the Meas. level/
MEASURED_ACTUAL_LEVEL_EASY parameter.

gA r =1
cm 3

C1000 l
4.5 m
B
0l
0.5 m

A0031027

Fig. 44:A
B
C

Calibration with reference pressure - wetcalibration
See Table, step 8.
See Table, step 10.
See Table, step 12.

151

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
10 By means of the Empty calibration/
LOW_LEVEL_EASY parameter, enter a value, here 0"l" for example.

h[m]

11 Fill the container up to the upper level point.
The associated level value can be viewed by means of
the Meas. level/
MEASURED_ACTUAL_LEVEL_EASY parameter.

h=

p
r ×g

4.5
A
g
r =1
cm 3

12 By means of the Full calib./HIGH_LEVEL_EASY
parameter, enter a value, here 1000 "l" for example.
13 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" block
mode.

0.5

14 If necessary, configure theChannel/CHANNEL ( ä 211),
Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 212),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 210) and
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211) parametersby means of the Analog Input Block.

50

450

V
[l]

p
[mbar]C 1000

h=

B

0
0.5

4.5

p
r ×g

h
[m]
A0031029

Fig. 45:
A
B
C

152

Calibration with reference pressure - wetcalibration
See Table, step 8.
See Table, step 10.
See Table, step 12.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration
Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in liters. The maximum volume of1000 liters corresponds to a level of 4.5 m. The minimum volume of 0 liters corresponds toa level of 0.5 m since the device is mounted below the level lower-range value. The densityof the medium is 1 g/cm3.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the height and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ The values entered for Empty calibration/LOW_LEVEL_EASY and Full calib./
HIGH_LEVEL_EASY must be at least 1 % apart for the "Level easy pressure" level mode.
The value will be rejected, and a warning message displayed, if the values are too close
together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered must be
appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the measuring device canmeasure correctly.
‣ Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE parameter does not display
zero.
For information on how to perform position adjustment, see also  ä 144,
"Pos. zero adjust/PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_ZERO_INSTALL".
Description
1

Deltabar M: Before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium.

2

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblock mode to OOS.

3

Select the measuring mode if necessary:
Select the "Level height" option via the Primary Value
Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter. Or:

4

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the Measuringmode/OPERATING_MODE parameter.
Select the "In height" option via the Level selection/
LEVEL_ADJUSTMENT parameter.

5

By means of the Unit before Lin./OUT_UNIT_EASY Fig. 46:
parameter, select a volume unit, here "l" for example.

6

Select a height unit by means of the Height unit/
HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY parameter, here "m" forexample.

7

Select the "Dry" option via the Calibration mode/
LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE_EASY parameter

8

By means of the Adjust density/
LEVEL_ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY parameter, enter adensity, here "1" "g/cm3" for example.

9

By means of the Empty calibration/
LOW_LEVEL_EASY parameter, enter a volume, here
0 l for example.

A r =1g
cm 3

C1000 l
4.5 m
B
0l
0.5 m

A
B
C

A0031027

Calibration without reference pressure – drycalibration
See Table, step 8.
See Table, steps 10 and 11.
See Table, steps 12 and 13.

10 By means of the Empty height/
LEVEL_OFFSET_EASY parameter, enter a height,
here 0.5 m for example.
11 By means of the Full calib./HIGH_LEVEL_EASY
parameter, enter a volume, here 1000 l for example.

Endress+Hauser

153

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
12 By means of the Full height/
LEVEL_100_PERCENT_EASY parameter, enter aheight, here 4.5 m for example.

h[m]

13 Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" block
mode.

h=

p
r ×g

4.5

14 If necessary, configure theChannel/CHANNEL ( ä 211),
Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 212),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 210) and
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211) parametersby means of the Analog Input Block.

A
g
r =1
cm 3

0.5
50

450

V
[l]

p
[mbar]

D 1000

h=

B

0
0.5
C

4.5
E

p
r ×g

h
[m]
A0031066

Fig. 47:
A
B
C
D
E

154

Calibration without reference pressure – drycalibration
See Table, step 8.
See Table, step 9.
See Table, step 10.
See Table, step 11.
See Table, step 12.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

9.8

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Flow measurement (Deltabar M)

In this chapter the parameter text as well as the parameter name are indicated.
In FF configuration programs only the parameter text is displayed (exception: in the NIFBUS configurator you can select if the parameter text or the parameter name is displayed).
Example:Parameter text

Parameter nameLinearization

LINEARIZATION

9.8.1

Adjustment

Example:In this example, a volume flow should be measured in m3/h.

• The "Flow measurement" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar M differential
pressure transmitter.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 178, Pressure Transducer Block.
–  ä 208, Analog Input Block.
Description
1

Before configuring the device for your application,
the pressure piping must be cleaned and the device
filled with medium.

2

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and DP_FLOW
Block and set the block mode to OOS.

3

Select the measuring mode if necessary:• Select the "Flow" option via the Primary Value
Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter.

4

By means of the Press. eng. unit/CAL_UNIT
parameter or via Scale In/SCALE_IN, select apressure unit, here mbar for example.

5

V[m 3 / h]

A 600000

Via the DP_FLOW Block:Select the "Volume operat. cond." option via the Flowmeas. type/FLOW_TYPE parameter.
Fig. 48:

6

Via the DP_FLOW Block:
By means of the Flow unit/FLOW_UNIT parameter,
select a flow unit, here m3/h for example, or
via the Pressure Transducer Block:
By means of the Scale In/SCALE_IN record
parameter, select the "Press. eng. unit/
PRESSURE_1_UNIT" element.

7

Via the DP_FLOW Block:
By means of the Flow Max/MAX_FLOW parameter,
select the EU_100 element or
via the Pressure Transducer Block:
By means of the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT record
parameter, select the "EU at 100% /E_ENGINERING_UNIT_100_PERCENT" element.

ABp[mbar]B

400

A0031382

Adjustment flow measurement
See Table, step 7.
See Table, step 8.

Enter the maximum flow value of the primarydevice, here 6000 m3/h for example. See also thelayout sheet of the primary device.

Endress+Hauser

155

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description
8

Via the DP_FLOW Block:Select via the Max. press. flow/
FLOW_MAX_PRESSURE parameter or
via the Pressure Transducer Block:
By means of the Scal In/SCALE_IN record
parameter, select the "Set URV/
E_PRESSURE_UPPER_RANGE_VALUE" element.
Enter the maximum pressure, here 400 mbar for
example. See also the layout sheet of the primarydevice.

9

Set the Pressure Transducer Block and DP_FLOW
Block to the "Auto" block mode.

10 If necessary, configure theChannel/CHANNEL ( ä 211),
Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 212),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 210) and
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211) parametersby means of the Analog Input Block.
11 Result:
The device is configured for flow measurement.
!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ By means of the Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE ( ä 196) parameter, you can choose
between the following flow types:•
Volume process cond. (volume under operating conditions)•
Gas norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25 mbar and273.15 K (0 °C))•
Gas std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25 mbar
(14.7 psi) and 288. 15 K (15 °C/59 °F))•
Mass p. cond. (mass under operating conditions)‣ The unit selected via the Flow unit/FLOW_UNIT ( ä 197) parameter must be
appropriate for the chosen flow type (Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE,  ä 196).
‣ In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
fluctuations in the measured value. By means of the Set. L. Fl. Cut-off/
CREEP_FLOW_SUPRESSION_OFF_THRES ( ä 198) parameter, you can configure a
low flow cut off.

156

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

9.8.2

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Totalizer

Example:In this example, the volume flow should be totalized and displayed in the unit m3E3.
Negative flows should be added to the flow rate.

• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see–  ä 195, DP_FLOW Transducer Block–  ä 208, Analog Input Block.
• Totalizer 1 can be reset. Totalizer 2 cannot be reset.
Description
1

Calibrate the device in accordance with Section 9.8.1.

2

Open the DP_FLOW Transducer Block and set the block mode to OOS.

3

By means of the Eng. unit total. 1/TOTALIZER_1_UNIT parameter, select a flow unit, here m3 E3 forexample.

4

By means of the Totalizer 1 mode/TOTALIZER_1_MODE parameter, specify the totalizing mode fornegative flows, here the "Only negative flow" option for example.

5

Use the Reset Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_RESET parameter to reset to zero.

6

Result:The Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_STRING_VALUE record parameter, 1/E_TOTALIZER_1_FLOAT totalizer
element displays the totalized volume flow.

7

Set the DP_FLOW Block to "Auto".

You can use the Display mode/DISPLAY_MAIN_LINE_1_CONTENT parameter ( ä 202)to specify which measured value should be displayed on the local operation.

Endress+Hauser

157

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Resetting totalizer 1 automatically
By means the Analog Alarm BlockWith the aid of the Analog Alarm and Discrete Output Block, totalizer 1 in the DP_Flow
Transducer Block can be reset automatically.

DP Flow→ Transducer BlockTOTALIZER_1_FLOAT/TOTALIZER_1

OUT
IN

HI_HI_LIM
HI_HI_ALM

OUT_ALM
CAS_IN_D

OUT_D

↓

↓

↓

↓

↓

→

Analog Alarm
Block

→

→

Analog Input Block 3
CHANNEL = 6
L_TYPE = Direct

Discrete Output
Block
CHANNEL = 21→

The DP_FLOW Transducer Block is connected to an Analog Input Block by means of the
Channel/CHANNEL parameter (Channel/CHANNEL = 6). In the Analog Alarm Block theHigh High Limit/HI_HI_LIM parameter is used to set a limit value at which the totalizer
should be reset to zero. As soon as this limit value is overshot, the Analog Alarm Blocktransmits an alarm value to the downstream Discrete Output Block. The latter changes its
output from 0 to 1 and thus resets the totalizer in the DP_FLOW Transducer Block to 0. The
output of the Analog Alarm Block changes back to 0.
By means the Analog Input BlockWith the aid of Analog Input and Discrete Output Block, totalizer 1 in the DP_Flow
Transducer Block can be reset automatically.

DP Flow→ Transducer BlockTOTALIZER_1_VALUE/TOTALIZER_1

HIHI_ALM_OUT_D
IN

OUT_D

↓

↓

↓

→

Analog Input Block 3
CHANNEL = 6
L_TYPE = Direct→

Discrete Output
Block
CHANNEL = 21→

The DP_FLOW Transducer Block is connected to an Analog Input Block by means of the
Channel/CHANNEL parameter (Channel/CHANNEL = 6). In the Analog Input Block theHigh High Limit/HI_HI_LIM parameter is used to set a limit value at which the totalizer
should be reset to zero. As soon as this limit value is overshot, the Analog Input Blocktransmits an alarm value to the downstream Discrete Output Block. The latter changes its
output from 0 to 1 and thus resets the totalizer in the DP_FLOW Transducer Block to 0. The
output of the Analog Input Block changes back to 0.

158

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

9.9

Linearization

9.9.1

Manual entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearization table are known.
• The "Level" measuring mode has been selected. The Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter is set to "Level" or "Level height".
• A level calibration has been performed.

For a description of the parameters mentioned, Section 8.11 "Description of parameters".
Description
1

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblock mode to OOS.

2

Select the "Manual input" option via the Lin. mode/
LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_MODE parameter.

3

Select by means of the Unit after lin./
AFTER_LINEARIZATION_UNIT parameter, m3 forexample.

4

By means of the Lin tab index 01/
LIN_TAB_X_Y_VALUE_1 to Lin tab index 32/
LIN_TAB_X_Y_VALUE_32 parameters, select thedesired X-values and Y-values.

5

Once all the points have been entered in the table,
select the "Activate table" option via the "Lin. mode/
LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_MODE" parameter.

6

Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" block
mode.

7

Result:
The measured value after linearization is displayed.

V[m 3 ]

0
0

3.0

h
[m]

V
[m 3 ]
3.5

0
0

3.0

h
[m]
A0030032

Error message F510 "Linearization" and alarm current appears as long as the table is being
entered and until the table is activated.

Endress+Hauser

159

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

9.9.2

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Semi-automatic entry of the linearization table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• The tank can be filled or emptied. The linearization characteristic must rise continuously.
• The "Level" measuring mode has been selected. The Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter is set to "Level" or "Level height".

For a description of the parameters mentioned  Chap. 8.11 "Description of parameters".
Description
1

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set theblock mode to OOS.

2

Select the "Semi-auto. entry" option via the "Lin.
mode/LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_MODE" parameter.

3

By means of the Unit after lin./
AFTER_LINEARIZATION_UNIT parameter, selectthe volume unit/mass unit, e.g. m3.

4

Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.

5

By means of the Line numb./LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_INDEX parameter, enter the number of thepoint in the table.

V[m 3 ]

0
0

3.0

h
[m]

The actual level is displayed via the X-value:/
TB_LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_X_VALUE parameter.
Using the Y-value:/TB_LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_Y_VALUE parameter, enter the associatedvolume value, here 0 m3 for example, and confirm
the value.
6Enter the next point as explained in Step 5.

7

Once all the points have been entered in the table,
select the "Activate table" option via the "Lin. mode/
LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_MODE" parameter.

8

Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" block
mode.

9

Result:
The measured value after linearization is displayed.

V[m 3 ]
3.5

0
0

3.0

h
[m]
A0030032

Error message F510 "Linearization" appears as long as the table is being entered and until
the table is activated.

160

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

9.10

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Electrical differential pressure measurement withgauge pressure sensors (Cerabar M or Deltapilot M)

Example:In the example given, two Cerabar M or Deltapilot M devices (each with a gauge pressure
sensor) are interconnected. The pressure difference can thus be measured using two
independent Cerabar M or Deltapilot M devices.

For a description of the parameters mentioned  Chap. 8.11 "Description of parameters".

3

Cerabar M

1

1

Á
2
A0030415

Fig. 49:
1
Shut-off valves
2e.g. filter
3
FF HOST System

1.)
Description
Adjustment of the Cerabar M/Deltapilot M on the high-pressure side in the Pressure Transducer
Block1

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set the block mode to OOS.

2

Select the "Pressure" measuring mode via the Measuring mode/OPERATING_MODE or Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter.

3

Select a pressure unit via the Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT parameter, here "mbar" for example.

4

The Cerabar M/Deltapilot M is unpressurized, perform position adjustment, see  ä 73.

5

Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" block mode. If necessary, configure theChannel/CHANNEL ( ä 211),
Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 212),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 210) and
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211) parameters by means of the Analog Input Block.

2.)
The Analog Input Block output of the high-pressure side of the device has to be connected
to one of the 4 inputs of the Input Selector Block on the low-pressure side of the device (hereInput1 for example).
This configuration has to be written to the devices.
Both blocks must be set to the Auto mode.

Endress+Hauser

161

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

A0030416

3.)
Description
Adjustment of the Cerabar M/Deltapilot M on the low-pressure side (the differential is generated inthis device) in the Pressure Transducer Block
1

Open the Pressure Transducer Block and set the block mode to OOS.

2

Select the "Pressure" measuring mode via the Measuring mode/OPERATING_MODE or Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter.

3

Select a pressure unit via the Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT parameter, here "mbar" for example.

4

The Cerabar M/Deltapilot M is unpressurized, perform position adjustment, see  ä 73.

5

Select the input via the E.delta p selec./E_DELTA_P_INPUT_SELECTOR parameter (here Input1 forexample).

6

Select the desired unit via the E.delta p unit/E_DELTA_P_INPUT_UNIT parameter (here mbar for
example).

7

Select the external value mode via the Electr. delta P/ELECTRIC_DELTA_P_CONTROL parameter.

8

The current measured values and status information returned by the device on the high-pressure side canbe read via the E. delta p value/E_DELTA_P_VALUE and "E. delta p status/E_DELTA_P_STATUS"
parameters.

9

Set the Pressure Transducer Block to the "Auto" block mode. If necessary, configure theChannel/CHANNEL ( ä 211),
Linearization Type/L_TYPE ( ä 212),
Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE ( ä 210) and
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211) parameters by means of the Analog Input Block.

!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ It is not permitted to reverse the assignment of the measuring points to the direction ofcommunication.
‣ The measured value of the transmitting device must always be greater than themeasured value of the receiving device (via the "Electr. delta P" function).
‣ Adjustments that result in an offset of the pressure values (e.g. position adjustment,trim) must always be performed in accordance with the individual sensor and its
orientation, irrespective of the "Electr. Delta P" application. Other settings result in nonpermitted use of the "Electr. Delta P" function and can lead to incorrect measured values.

162

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

9.11

Displaying external values on the onsite display via
FF bus

The inputs of the Input Selector Block are used to display external values on the onsite
display via the FF bus.
Example:A0030417

Fig. 50:!

Connection example

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ The desired value must be connected to one of the four inputs of the Input Selector Block,and this configuration must be written into the device. Only the inputs of the Input
Selector Block are used for functionality. Output and status are not taken into accountDescription

Endress+Hauser

1

Open the Display Block.

2

Select the "External value only" option via the Display mode/DISPLAY_MAIN_LINE_1_CONTENT
parameter.

3

Select an input via the FF input source/DISPLAY_INPUT_SELECTOR parameter, here "Input 3" for example.

4

Via the FF input unit/DISPLAY_INPUT_UNIT parameter, select the appropriate unit, as only values andstatus information are transmitted with FF, here "m²" for example.

5

Via the FF input form./DISPLAY_INPUT_FORMAT parameter, select the desired format for the onsite
display, here "x.xx" for example.

163

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

9.12

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Description of parameters

In this chapter the parameter text as well as the parameter name are indicated.
In FF configuration programs only the parameter text is displayed (exception: in the NIFBUS configurator you can select if the parameter text or the parameter name is displayed).
Example:Parameter text

Parameter nameLinearization

LINEARIZATION• With FOUNDATION Fieldbus, all the device parameters are categorized according to theirfunctional properties and task and are assigned to the Resource Block, the Transducer
Blocks and the function blocks. The parameters of the Resource Block, the Transducer
Blocks and the Analog Input Block are described in this section. For a parameter
description of the other function blocks, such as the PID or Discrete Output Block, see
Operating Instructions BA00013S "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" or the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification.
• Some parameters are only relevant if other parameters are appropriately configured.

9.12.1

Block model

The Cerabar M/Deltabar M/Deltapilot M has the following blocks:• Resource Block (device block)• Transducer Blocks– Pressure Transducer BlockThis block supplies the output variables Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE andSecondary Value/SECONDARY_VALUE. It contains all the parameters to configure themeasuring device for the measuring task such as measuring mode selection,
linearization function and unit selection.
– DP_FLOW Transducer Block (only Deltabar M)
This block supplies the output variable "Totalizer 1 /TOTALIZER_1_FLOAT" and"Totalizer 2 /TOTALIZER_2_FLOAT". It contains all the parameters that are needed to configure theflow and this totalizer.
– Diagnostic Transducer BlockThis Block returns error messages as output variables. It contains the simulation
function for the Pressure Transducer Block, parameters to configure the alarm response
and the user limits for pressure and temperature.
– Display Transducer BlockThis Block does not return any output variables. It contains all the parameters forconfiguring the onsite display, such as Language/DISPLAY_LANGUAGE.
• Function blocks– 2 Analog Input Blocks (AI)– Discrete Output Block (DO)– PID Block (PID)– Arithmetic Block (ARB)– Input Selector Block (ISB)– Integrator Block (IT)– Discrete Input Block (DI)164

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Block configuration when device is delivered
The block model shown below illustrates the block configuration when the device isdelivered.

Measured variable
SensorSignal evaluation

Display
with scaling

Resource Block

Primary value
Pressure
Transducer Block

Analog Input Block 1
CHANNEL = 1
L_TYPE = Direct

DP flow Block

Analog Input Block 2
CHANNEL = 2
L_TYPE = Direct

Display
Transducer Block
Diagnostic
Transducer Block

Sensor temperature

Deltabar M: measured pressure

Analog Input Block 2
CHANNEL = 3
L_TYPE = Direct

Arithmetic
Block

PID Block

Input Selector
Block

Discrete
Output Block

SignalCharacterizer
Block

Integrator
Block

Discrete Input
Block

A0030418

Fig. 51:

Block configuration when device is delivered

Cerabar M/Deltapilot M
The Pressure Transducer Block returns the primary value (measured value) and thesecondary value (sensor temperature). The Primary Value and Secondary Value are eachtransmitted to an Analog Input Block via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter ( ä 211,
Channel/CHANNEL parameter description). The Discrete Output, Discrete Input, PID,
Arithmetic, Input Selector and Integrator are not connected in the as-delivered state. (IT, DI).
Deltabar M
The Pressure Transducer Block returns the Primary Value (measured value) and theSecondary Value (max. pressure). In the DP_FLOW Transducer Block, the flow is totalized inthe "Flow" measuring mode and output by means of the Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1 andTotalizer 2/TOTALIZER_2 record parameter. The Primary Value, Secondary Value andTotalizer 1 and 2 values are each transmitted to an Analog Input Block via the Channel/
CHANNEL parameter ( ä 211, Channel/CHANNEL parameter description). The Discrete
Output, PID, Arithmetic and Input Selector are not connected in the as-delivered state. (IT,DI)!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ Please note that links between the blocks are deleted and the FF parameters are reset tothe default values following a reset by means of the Restart/RESTART parameter in the
Resource Block, "Default" option.

Endress+Hauser

165

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

9.12.2

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Resource BlockResource Block - standard parameters
Parameter

Description

Static Revision/ST_REV Displays the counter for static parameters of the Resource Block.
The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the
Display
Resource Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.
Index: 1
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Tag Description/
TAG_DESC
Entry

Enter a description for the related block or the measuring point e.g. TAG number(max. 32 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 2
Data type: octet string
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Strategy/STRATEGY
Entry
Index: 3
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

Alert Key/ALERT_KEY
Entry
Index: 4
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Block Mode/
MODE_BLK
Selection, display
Index: 5
Data type: DS-69
Access: wr for Auto,OOSEnter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks.
Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the Strategy/
STRATEGY parameter of the block in question. This value is neither checked nor
processed by the Resource Block.
Input range:
0...65535
Factory setting:0Enter the identification number for the measuring device or for each individual block.
The control level uses this identification number to sort alarm and event messages andinitiate other processing steps.
Input range:
1...255
Factory setting:0
The Block Mode/MODE_BLK parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements. The Resource Block supports the "Auto" (automatic) and OOS (out of service)modes.
TARGET• Change the block mode.
ACTUAL• Displays the current block mode.
PERMITTED• Displays the modes supported by the block.
NORMAL• Displays the block mode during standard operation.

Block Error/
BLOCK_ERR
Display
Index: 6
Data type: bit string
Access: read only
Resource State/
RS_STATE
Display
Index: 7
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

166

Displays the active block error.
Possibilities:• Out of service: the Resource Block is in the OOS block mode.
• Simulation active: DIP switch 3 "Simulation" on the electronic insert is set to "on",i.e. simulation is possible.

Displays the current status of the Resource Block.
Possibilities:• Standby: The Resource Block is in the OOS mode (out-of-service). The remaining
blocks cannot be executed.
• Online linking: The configured links between the function blocks have not yet been
established.
• Online: Standard block mode, the Resource Block operates in the auto mode. All theconfigured links between the function blocks have been established. If a link is
missing, this parameter displays the "Online linking" status.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Resource Block - standard parameters
Parameter

Description

Test Read Write/
TEST_RW
DisplayThis parameter is required only for the FF conformance test and has no meaning innormal operation.

Index: 8
Data type: DS-85
Access: wr for Auto,OOS
DD Resource/
DD_RESOURCE
DisplayString that indicates the tag of the resource that contains the device description forthis resource.

Index: 9
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Manufacturer ID/
MANUFAC_ID
Display

Displays the manufacturer's ID number.
Endress+Hauser: 0 x 452B48 (decimal: 4533064)

Index: 10
Data type: unsigned32
Access: read only
Device Type/DEV_TYPE Displays the device ID number.
Deltabar M 5x: hexadecimal: 0x1021, decimal: 4129.
Display
Cerabar M 5x: hexadecimal: 0x1019, decimal: 4121.
Deltapilot M 5x: hexadecimal: 0x1023, decimal: 4131.
Index: 11
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Device Revision/
DEV_REV
Display

Displays the revision number of the device.

Index: 12
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
DD Revision/DD_REV
Display

Displays the revision number of the device description (DD).

Index: 13
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Grant Deny/
GRANT_DENY
Entry

Grant or restrict access authorization for a fieldbus host system to the device. Thisparameter is not evaluated by Deltabar M 5x, Cerabar M 5x and Deltapilot M 5x.

Index: 14
Data type: DS-70
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Hard Types/
HARD_TYPES
Display

Displays the input and output signal type.

Index: 15
Data type: bit string
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

167

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Resource Block - standard parameters
Parameter

Description

Restart/RESTART
Options

Select the reset mode.

Index: 16
Data type: unsigned8
Access: r, w

Features/FEATURES
Display
Index: 17
Data type: bit string
Access: read only
Feature Selection/
FEATURE_SEL
Entry

Options:• ENP_RESTART: A restart is needed to accept the ENP configuration changes.
• Run: Standard operating mode
• Resource: This mode is not supported by Endress+Hauser.
• Defaults: The device data and the links of the function blocks are reset to the factory
settings. The manufacturer-specific parameters of the Transducer Block are notreset to the factory settings.
• Processor: Warm start of device, processor restart.
• Factory: The links of the function blocks, all FF-specific and resettablemanufacturer-specific parameters are reset to the factory setting.
• Customer settings (user reset): If a new sensor is connected, sensor-specificparameters are adapted to suit the new sensor. Resets the parameters to the asdelivered state apart from the TAG number, linearization table, entries in theoperated hours counter, status history and format of the onsite display. The device
is restarted.
• Measurement AP: not effects.
Displays the additional functions supported by the device:
FEAT_REPORTFEAT_FAILSAFE
FEAT_HARD_WR_LOCKFEAT_MVC
See also this table, Feature Selection/FEATURE_SEL parameter description.
Select the additional device functions. The additional functions that the device
supports are displayed in the Features/FEATURES parameter.

Index: 18
Data type: bit string
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Cycle Type/CYCLE_TYPE
Display

Displays the block execution methods supported by the device. See also this table,
Cycle Selection/CYCLE_SEL parameter description.

Index: 19
Data type: bit string
Access: read only
Cycle Selection/
CYCLE_SEL
Display
Index: 20
Data type: bit string
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Minimum Cycle Time/MIN_CYCLE_T
Display

Displays the block execution method used by the fieldbus host system. The block
execution method is selected by the fieldbus host system.
Possibilities:• Scheduled: cyclical block execution method• Block execution: sequential block execution method

Displays the shortest MACROCYCLE supported by the device.
Factory setting:
3200 1/32 ms ( 100 ms)

Index: 21
Data type: unsigned32
Access: read only
Memory Size/
MEMORY_SIZE
Display

Displays the available configuration memory in kilobytes. This parameter is notsupported by Deltabar M 5x, Cerabar M 5x and Deltapilot M 5x.

Index: 22
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

168

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Resource Block - standard parameters
Parameter

Description

Nonvolatile Cycle Time/ Displays the time interval for which the dynamic device parameters are stored in the
nonvolatile memory.
NV_CYCLE_T
5760000 1/32 ms  180s
Display
Index: 23
Data type: unsigned32
Access: read only
Free Space/
FREE_SPACE
Display

Displays the system memory (in percent) available for the execution of further
function blocks. This parameter is not supported by Deltabar M, Cerabar M and
Deltapilot M.

Index: 24
Data type: float
Access: read only
Free Time/FREE_TIME
Display

Displays the free system time (in percent) available for the execution of further
function blocks. This parameter is not supported by Deltabar M, Cerabar M and
Deltapilot M.

Index: 25
Data type: float
Access: read only
Shed Remote Cascade/SHED_RCAS
Entry
Index: 26
Data type: unsigned32
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Shed Remote Out/SHED_ROUT
Entry
Index: 27
Data type: unsigned32
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Fault State/
FAULT_STATE
Display
Index: 28
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Set Fault State/
SET_FSTATE
Options
Index: 29
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Clear Fault State/
CLR_FSTATE
Options
Index: 30
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

Endress+HauserEnter the monitoring time for checking the connection between the fieldbus hostsystem and the PID function block in the RCAS block mode. On expiry of thismonitoring time the PID function block switches from the RCAS block mode to theblock mode selected via the Shed Options/SHED_OPT parameter.
Factory setting:
640000 1/32 ms

Enter the monitoring time for checking the connection between the fieldbus hostsystem and the PID function block in the ROUT block mode. On expiry of thismonitoring time the PID function block switches from the ROUT block mode to theblock mode selected via the Shed Options/SHED_OPT parameter.
Factory setting:
640000 1/32 ms

Current status display of the fault state of the Discrete Output function block.
Possibilities:• Uninitialized• Clear (fault state not active)• Active (fault state active)

Activate the fault state of the Discrete Output function block manually.  See also thistable, Clear Fault State/CLR_FSTATE parameter description.
Possibilities:• Uninitialized• Off• Set (the fault state is enabled)

Deactivate the fault state of the Discrete Output function block manually.  See also
this table, Set Fault State/SET_FSTATE parameter description.
Possibilities:• Uninitialized• Off• Clear (fault state is disabled)

169

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Resource Block - standard parameters
Parameter

Description

Max Notify/
MAX_NOTIFY
Display

Displays the number of event reports supported by the device that can exist
unconfirmed at the same time. See also this table, Limit Notify/LIM_NOTIFY
parameter description.

Index: 31
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Limit Notify/
LIM_NOTIFY
Entry

Enter the maximum possible number of event reports that can exist unconfirmed at
the same time. This parameter is not evaluated by Deltabar M 5x, Cerabar M 5x andDeltapilot M 5x.

Index: 32
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Confirm Time/CONFIRM_TIME
Entry
Index: 33
Data type: unsigned32
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Write Lock/
WRITE_LOCK
Display
Index: 34
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read onlyEnter the confirmation time for the event report. If the device does not receive
confirmation within this time, the event report is sent to the fieldbus host systemagain.
Factory setting:
640000 1/32 ms

Displays the status of DIP switch 1 on the electronic insert.
You can lock or unlock parameters relevant to the measured value with DIP switch 1. If
operation is locked by means of the Operator code/S_W_LOCK ( ä 204) parameter,
you can only unlock operation again by means of this parameter.
Possibilities:• Locked: Security locking switched on, i.e. the parameters cannot be written to.
• Not locked: Security locking switched off. Depending on the block mode in question,
it is possible to write to the parameters (see Tables, "Parameter" column, access).
Factory setting:Locked (locking switched on)

Update Event/
UPDATE_EVT
Display
Index: 35
Data type: DS-73
Access: read only

The Update Event/UPDATE_EVT parameter is a structured parameter consisting offive elements.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• This element is set to "Unacknowledged" as soon as a static parameter changes.
UPDATE_STATE• Indicates whether the change was reported.
TIME_STAMP• Displays the date and time when a static parameter was changed.
STATIC_REVISION• The revision counter is increased each time a static parameter is changed.
RELATIVE_INDEX• Displays the altered parameter in the form of the relative index. See also this Table,"Parameter, Index" column.

170

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Resource Block - standard parameters
Parameter

Description

Block Alarm/
BLOCK_ALM
Display, selection

The Block Alarm/BLOCK_ALM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of fiveelements.

Index: 36
Data type: DS-72
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

UNACKNOWLEDGED• If the "Deactivated" option was selected for the alarm that occurred by means of the
Acknowledge Option/ACK_OPTION parameter, this alarm can only be
acknowledged by means of this element.
ALARM_STATE• Use this function to display the current block condition with information on pending
configuration, hardware or system errors. The following block alarm messages are
possible with the Resource Block:– Simulate active– Out of service
TIME_STAMP• Displays the time when the alarm occurred.
SUB_CODE• Displays the reason why the alarm was reported.
VALUE• Displays the value of the corresponding parameter at the time the alarm wasreported.

Alarm Summary/
ALARM_SUM
Display, selection
Index: 37
Data type: DS-74
Access: wr for Auto,OOS

The Alarm Summary/ALARM_SUM parameter is a structured parameter consisting offour elements.
CURRENT• Displays the current status of the process alarms in the Resource Block.
The following alarms are possible: DiscAlm and BlockAlm.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• Displays the process alarms not confirmed.
UNREPORTED• Displays the process alarms not reported.
DISABLED• Possibility of deactivating process alarms.

Acknowledge Option/
ACK_OPTION
Options
Index: 38
Data type: bit string
Access: wr for Auto,OOS

Use this parameter to specify the process alarm to be acknowledged automatically assoon as it is detected by the fieldbus host system. If the option is activated for a process
alarm, this process alarm is acknowledged automatically by the fieldbus host system.
Options:• DiscAlm: write protection alarm• BlockAlm: block alarm

The message has to be acknowledged via the Block Alarm/BLOCK_ALM parameter,
UNACKNOWLEDGE element for process alarms for which automatic confirmation is
not active.
Factory setting:
The option is not active for any process alarm, i.e. every process alarm message mustbe acknowledged manually.
Write Priority/
WRITE_PRI
Entry
Index: 39
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

Endress+Hauser

If write protection is disabled, an alarm is issued. Use this parameter to specify thepriority which should be assigned to this alarm.
Input range:• 0...15• 0: The alarm is suppressed.
• 15: Critical alarm with the highest priority.

171

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Resource Block - standard parameters
Parameter

Description

Write Alarm/
WRITE_ALM
Display

The Write Alarm/WRITE_ALM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of fiveelements.

Index: 40
Data type: DS-72
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

UNACKNOWLEDGED• If the "Deactivated" option was selected via the Acknowledge Option/ACK_OPTION
parameter for the alarm that occurred, this alarm can only be acknowledged bymeans of this element.
ALARM_STATE• Displays the status of the write protection alarm.
TIME_STATE• Displays the time when the alarm occurred.
SUB_CODE• Displays the reason why the alarm was reported.
VALUE• Displays the value of the corresponding parameter at the time the alarm wasreported.

ITK Version/ITK_VER
Display

Displays the revision version (major revision number) of the interoperability test kit(ITK).

Index: 41
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

Factory setting:5

Resource Block - Endress+Hauser parameters
Parameter

Description

Device dialog/
DEVICE_DIALOG
Display

If configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating that a
configuration error is present. The message can indicate which parameter wasincorrectly configured.

Index: 42
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Operator code/
S_W_LOCK
Entry
Index: 43
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto,OOS

Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock operation.
Options:• To lock: Enter a number  the release code.
• To unlock: Enter the release code.

The release code is "0" in the order configuration. Another release code can be definedin the Code definition/USER_S_W_UNLOCK parameter. If the user has forgotten therelease code, it can be made visible again by entering the number sequence "5864".
Factory setting:0

Lockstate/
STATUS_LOCKING

Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock the device(hardware locking, software locking).

Index: 44
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Displays the status of the active DIP switches.
DIP switch/
SWITCH_STATUS_LIST
Display
Index: 45
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

172

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Resource Block - Endress+Hauser parameters
Parameter

Description

Electr. serial no./ELECTRONIC_SERIAL_NUMBER
Display

Displays the serial number of the main electronics (11 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 46
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Sci octet str/
SCI_OCTET_STRING
DisplayInternal service parameter.

Index: 47
Data type: visible string
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Selection of data records for the Upload/Download function in Fieldcare.
Download select./DOWNLOAD_OVERWR
Prerequisite:
ITE_SELECTION
DIP switch 1, 3, 4 and 5 set to "OFF", DIP switch 2 set to "ON" (see picture in
Options
Chap. 6.2.1)).
A download with the factory setting "Copy configuration" causes all parameters needed
Index: 48
for a measurement to be downloaded. If the "Copy configuration" setting is changed, it
Data type: unsigned8
takes effect only when a corresponding release code is entered into the parameter
Access: wr for Auto,"Operator code/S_W_LOCK".
OOS
Options:• Copy configuration: With this option, general configuration parameters are
overwritten except for serial number, order number, calibration, position
adjustment, application, and tag information.
• Device replacement: With this option, general configuration parameters are
overwritten except for serial number, order number, calibration, position
adjustment, and PD tag.
• Electronics replacement: With this option, general configuration parameters are
overwritten except for position adjustment.

The control strategy is not affected by a download.
Selection of device replacement or electronics replacement takes effect only if acorresponding release code has been entered beforehand.
Factory setting:
Copy configuration
Code definition/
USER_S_W_UNLOCK
Entry

Index: 49
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

Endress+Hauser

Use this function to enter a release code with which the device can be unlocked.
User input:• A number between 0 and 9999
Factory setting:0

Capability level/
CAPABILITY_LEVEL
DisplayThis parameter is integrated into a device to indicate what capability level is supportedby the device.
Description: capability level supported by the device. A value of zero (0) indicates thatthe device does not support multiple capability levels.

Index: 50
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

Factory setting:1

173

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Resource Block - Endress+Hauser parameters
Parameter

Description

Compat. level/
COMPATIBILITY_LEVE
L
Display

Indicates up to which specific device version the devices are compatible.
Factory setting:1

Index: 51
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
ENP version/
FF_E_N_P_VERSION
Display
Index: 52
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Pd-tag/FF_PD_TAG
DisplayThis parameter indicates the version of the standard for electronic nameplates
supported by the device.
Factory setting:
2.02.00

The device tag currently configured via the display.

Index: 53
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Serial number/
DEVICE_SERIAL_NUM
BER
Display

Displays the serial number of the device (11 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 54
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Displays the extended order code (part 1).
Order code part 1/
E_N_P_ORDER_CODE_
1
Display
Index: 55
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Displays the extended order code (part 2).
Order code part 2/
E_N_P_ORDER_CODE_
2
Display
Index: 56
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Displays the order number.
Order code/
DEVICE_ORDER_IDENT
Display
Index: 57
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Displays the firmware version.
Firmware version/
FF_SOFTWARE_REVISI
ON
Display
Index: 58
Data type: visible string
Access: read only

174

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Resource Block - Endress+Hauser parameters
Parameter

Description

Hardware rev./
FF_HARDWARE_VERS
ION
Display

Displays the hardware version.

Index: 59
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
FF com stack ver/FF_COM_VERSION
Display

Displays the FF communication version.
Factory setting:
4.00.00.00

Index: 60
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
MS res directory/
MS_RES_
DIRECTORY
Display
Index: 61
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

Endress+HauserThis parameter is a field of the UINT16 parameter which describes the arrangement of
the extended parameters in groups.
– Group ID (UINT16)– Number of the parameter in the group (UINT16)– Relative group revision index in the Resource Block of the first parameter in thegroup (UINT16)

175

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

9.12.3

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Transducer Blocks

FOUNDATION Fieldbus Transducer Blocks standard parameters
Transducer Block, FOUNDATION Fieldbus standard parameters (all Transducer Blocks)
Parameter

Description

Static Revision/ST_REV Displays the counter for static parameters of the Transducer Block.
The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of the
Displaycorresponding Transducer Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts
again at zero.
Index: 1
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Tag Description/
TAG_DESC
Entry
Index: 2
Data type: octet string
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Strategy/STRATEGY
Entry
Index: 3
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto,OOSEnter a description for the related block or the measuring point e.g. TAG number(max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Factory setting:
Empty field

Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks.
Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the Strategy/
STRATEGY parameter of the block in question. These data are neither checked nor
processed by the Transducer Blocks.
Input range:
0...65535
Factory setting:0

Alert Key/ALERT_KEY
Entry

Enter the identification number for the measuring device or for each individual block.
The control level uses this identification number to sort alarm and event messages andinitiate other processing steps.

Index: 4
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

Input range:
1...255

Block Mode/
MODE_BLK
Selection, display

The Block Mode/MODE_BLK parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements. The Transducer Blocks support the "Auto" (automatic) and OOS (out ofservice) modes.

Index: 5
Data type: DS-69
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

Factory setting:
0

TARGET• Change the block mode.
ACTUAL• Displays the current block mode.
PERMITTED• Displays the modes supported by the block.
NORMAL• Displays the block mode during standard operation.

Measured values or information can be forwarded to an Analog Input Block via thePressure, Service and DP_Flow Transducer Block. If the Pressure Transducer Block is
set to the OOS block mode, the Primary Value and Secondary Value continue to be
updated but the status of the downstream Analog Input Block changes to BAD.
Block Error/
BLOCK_ERR
Display
Index: 6
Data type: bit string
Access: read only

176

Displays the warning messages and error messages of the software and hardware of
the Transducer Block in question. In addition, this parameter triggers an alarm. If two
or more messages occur simultaneously, the message with the highest priority isshown on the display.
For the Pressure and Totalizer Block, see possible messages, these Operating
Instructions, Section 11.1 "Messages". The Display and Diagnostic Block do not display
any warnings or error messages.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Transducer Block, FOUNDATION Fieldbus standard parameters (all Transducer Blocks)
Parameter

Description

Update Event/
UPDATE_EVT
Display

The Update Event/UPDATE_EVT parameter is a structured parameter consisting offive elements.

Index: 7
Data type: DS-73
Access: read only

UNACKNOWLEDGED• This element is set to "Unacknowledged" as soon as a static parameter changes.
UPDATE_STATE• Indicates whether the change was reported.
TIME_STAMP• Displays the date and time when a static parameter was changed.
STATIC_REVISION• The revision counter is increased each time a static parameter is changed.
RELATIVE_INDEX• Displays the altered parameter in the form of the relative index. See also this Table,"Parameter, Index" column.

Block Alarm/
BLOCK_ALM
Display, selection
Index: 8
Data type: DS-72
Access: wr for Auto,OOS

The Block Alarm/BLOCK_ALM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of fiveelements.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• If the "Deactivated" option was selected for the alarm that occurred by means of the
Acknowledge Option/ACK_OPTION parameter, this alarm can only be
acknowledged by means of this element.
ALARM_STATE• Use this function to display the current block condition with information on pending
configuration, hardware or system errors.
TIME_STAMP• Displays the date and time when the alarm occurred.
SUB_CODE• Displays the reason why the alarm was reported.
VALUE• Displays the value of the corresponding parameter at the time the alarm wasreported.

Transducer Directory
Entry/
TRANSDUCER_DIRECT
ORY
Display

A directory that specifies the number of transducers, and their indexes, mapped in thePressure Transducer Block. This parameter is only displayed in the Pressure
Transducer Block.
Display:
0: Only one transducer is mapped in the Pressure Transducer Block.

Index: 9
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Transducer Type/
TRANSDUCER_TYPE
Display

Displays the Transducer Block type.

Index: 10
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Transducer Error/
XD_ERROR
Display
Index: 11
Data type: usigned8
Access: read only
Collection Directory/
COLLECTION_
DIRECTORY
Display
Index: 12
Data type: Unsigned32
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

Displays the active device state.
 See also these Operating Instructions, Section 11.1 "Messages".
Prerequisite:• Pressure Transducer Block• DP_FLOW Transducer Block (only Deltabar M)

A directory that specifies the number of parameter groups (data collection), and theirindexes and DD item IDS, mapped in the Pressure Transducer Block. This parameter isonly displayed in the Pressure Transducer Block.
Display:
0: This parameter is not used.

177

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure Transducer Block
Pressure Transducer Block (Profile parameters)
Parameter

Description

Select the measuring mode and the measured variable via this parameter.
Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYP
Options
E• Differential pressure with Deltabar M
Options• Gauge pressure with Cerabar M/Deltapilot M with gauge pressure sensors• Absolute pressure with Cerabar M with absolute pressure sensors
Index: 13• LevelData type: unsigned16• Level + lin. table
Access: OOS• Level height• Lev. height + lin. table• Flow (Deltabar M only)

Make sure that the unit selected by means of the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter,"Units Index" element suits the measured variable.
Primary Value/
PRIMARY_VALUE
Display
Index: 14
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

The Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE parameter is a structured parameter consistingof two elements.
VALUE• Displays the primary value - a pressure, level or flow value depending on themeasuring mode.
STATUS• Displays the status of the primary value.

You can transmit the value and status of the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE
parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter ( ä 211) in the Analog Input
Block.
Primary Value Range/
PRIMARY_VALUE_
RANGE
Display

The Primary Value Range/PRIMARY_VALUE_ RANGE parameter is a structured
parameter consisting of four elements.

Index: 15
Data type: DS-68
Access: read only

EU_0
• Displays the lower limit for the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE.

EU_100• Displays the upper limit for the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE.

UNITS_INDEX• Displays the unit for Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE.
DECIMAL• Displays the number of decimal places.

The Primary Value Range/PRIMARY_VALUE_ RANGE parameter corresponds to the
Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter ( ä 183).

178

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure Transducer Block (Profile parameters)
Parameter

Description

Hi Trim Sensor/
CAL_POINT_HI
DisplayEnter the upper point of the sensor characteristic curve in the event of sensor
recalibration.
By means of this parameter, you can assign a new target pressure value to a reference
pressure present at the device. The pressure value present and the target pressure
value specified for this parameter correspond to the upper point in the sensor
characteristic curve. Position adjustment has to be performed again for the device
following sensor recalibration.

Index: 16
Data type: float
Access: read only

• The sensor recalibration can be reset via the Reset/RESET_INPUT_VALUE( ä 207) parameter with the "2509" code.
• Hi trim measured/PRESSURE_1_UPPER_CAL_MEASURED ( ä 184) displays thepressure that was present at the device during calibration and was used for thecalibration of the upper point of the sensor characteristic curve.
• For calibrating the lower point of the sensor characteristic curve, see the Lo trim
sensor/CAL_POINT_LO parameter description.
Factory setting: High sensor limit (Sensor range/SENSOR_RANGE, EU_100
element)
Lo trim sensor/
CAL_POINT_LO
Display
Index: 17
Data type: float
Access: read onlyEnter the lower point of the sensor characteristic curve in the event of sensor
recalibration.
By means of this parameter, you can assign a new target pressure value to a reference
pressure present at the device. The pressure value present and the target pressure
value specified for this parameter correspond to the lower point in the sensor
characteristic curve. Position adjustment has to be performed again for the device
following sensor recalibration.

• The sensor recalibration can be reset via the Reset/RESET_INPUT_VALUE( ä 178) parameter with the "2509" code.
• The Lo trim measured/PRESSURE_1_LOWER_CAL_MEASURED ( ä 184)
parameter displays the pressure that was present at the device during calibration
and was used for the calibration of the lower point of the sensor characteristic
curve.
• For calibrating the upper point of the sensor characteristic curve, see Hi Trim
Sensor/CAL_POINT_HI parameter description.
Factory setting: Low sensor limit (Sensor range/SENSOR_RANGE, Element EU_0)
Cal min span/
CAL_MIN_
SPAN
Display

Displays the smallest possible span.

Index: 18
Data type: float
Access: read only
Press. eng. unit/
CAL_UNIT
Entry
Index: 19
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS

Select the pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit.
Options• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg
• kgf/cm2
Factory setting:mbar or bar depending on the sensor nominal measuring range, or as per orderspecifications

Endress+Hauser

179

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure Transducer Block (Profile parameters)
Parameter

Description

Sensor Type/SENSOR_TYPE
Options

Depending on the sensor type.

Index: 20
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS• Flow sensor unknown• Coriolis• Electromagnetic• mV• Ohms• Delta Ohms
• Nuclear magnetic resonance• Positive displacement• Refraction• Taggin• Ultrasonic (Doppler)• Ultrasonic (time of travel)• Target• Variable Area
• Level sensor unknown• Radar• Capacitance• Nuclear• Ultrasonic• Float gauge• Pressure sensor unknown• Resonant wire
• Vibrating beam
• Strain gauge• Piezo resistive• Silicon resonant• Temperature sensor unknown• PT100_A_385 (IEC 751)
• PT100_A_392 (JIS 1604)• PT200_A_385 (IEC 751)
• PT500_A_385 (IEC 751)
• NI120, Edison #7• CU10, Edison #15• T/C Type B (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type C (NIST 175)
• T/C Type E (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type J (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type K (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type N (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type R (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type S (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type T (IEC 584-1 und NIST 175)
• T/C Type DIN L (DIN 43710)• T/C Type DIN U (DIN 43710)• MANUFACTOR SPEC.
• Non-Std Snsr

Sensor range/
SENSOR_RANGE
Display

The Sensor range/SENSOR_RANGE parameter is a structured parameter consisting offour elements.

Index: 21
Data type: DS-68
Access: read only

Factory setting:"Capacitance", "Piezo resistive" or "MANUFACTOR SPEC".

EU_100• Displays the upper-range limit of the sensor.
EU_0• Displays the lower-range limit of the sensor.
UNITS_INDEX• Displays the unit selected.
DECIMAL• Displays the number of decimal places.

180

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure Transducer Block (Profile parameters)
Parameter

Description

Sensor Serial Number/
SENSOR_SN
Display

Displays the serial number of the sensor (11 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 22
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
For displaying and selecting the last sensor calibration mode used.
Sensor Calibration
Method/SENSOR_CAL_METHOD
Options
Index: 23
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS
Sensor Calibration
Location/
SENSOR_CAL_LOC
Entry

Enter the place the sensor was calibrated (32 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 24
Data type: visible string
Access: OOS
Sensor Calibration
Date/
SENSOR_CAL_DATE
Entry

Enter the date and time the sensor was calibrated.

Index: 25
Data type: date
Access: OOS
Sensor Calibration
Who/
SENSOR_CAL_WHO
Entry

Enter the name of the person who calibrated the sensor (32 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 26
Data type: visible string
Access: OOS
Sensor Isolator Metal/
SENSOR_ISOLATOR_
MTL
Display

Displays the material of the process isolating diaphragm.

Index: 27
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Sensor Fill Fluid/
SENSOR_FILL_FLUID
Display

Displays the filling medium.

Index: 28
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

181Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure Transducer Block (Profile parameters)
Parameter

Description

Secondary Value/
SECONDARY_VALUE
Display

The Secondary Value/SECONDARY_VALUE parameter is a structured parameterconsisting of two elements.

Index: 29
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

VALUE
• Displays the second process value, here the sensor temperature.
STATUS• Displays the status of the second process value.

You can transmit the value and status of the Secondary Value/SECONDARY_VALUE
parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter ( ä 211) in the Analog Input
Block. The Channel/CHANNEL parameter must be set to "2" (Cerabar/Deltapilot) or "4"(Deltabar) for this purpose.
Secondary Value Unit/
SECONDARY_VALUE_
UNIT
Options

Select the unit for the second process value.
 See also the Secondary Value/SECONDARY_VALUE parameter description.

Index: 30
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Device dialog/
DEVICE_DIALOG
Display

If configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating thata configuration error is present. The message can indicate which parameter wasincorrectly configured.

Index: 31
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Operator code/S_W_LOCK
Entry
Index: 32
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto, OOS

Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock operation.
Options:• To lock: Enter a number  the release code.
• To unlock: Enter the release code.

The release code is "0" in the order configuration. Another release code can be
defined in the Code definition/USER_S_W_UNLOCK parameter. If the user has
forgotten the release code, it can be made visible again by entering the number
sequence "5864".
Factory setting:0
Lockstate/STATUS_LOCKING
Display

Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock thedevice (hardware locking, software locking).

Index: 33
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

182

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

DIP switch/
SWITCH_STATUS_LIST
Display

Displays the DIP switches activated on the electronic insert.

Index: 34
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Scale In/SCALE_IN
Entry
Index: 35
Data type: DS-65
Access: OOS• P1/P2 switch (Deltabar, inputs inversion enabled)• Lin/sq. switch (Deltabar, flow has been enabled)• Simulation switch (AI simulation enabled)• Damping switch (damping enabled)• HW lock. switch (HW locking enabled)

The Scale In/SCALE_IN-parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements.
EU_100• "Pressure" measuring mode; "Level in pressure" measuring mode; "Level inheight" measuring mode; enter the upper limit for the pressure value of theTransducer Block.
• "Flow" measuring mode: Enter the maximum pressure of the primary device.
See layout sheet of primary element. This value is assigned to the
maximum flow value (See the following Scale Out/SCALE_OUT parameter,
EU_100 element).
• Factory setting: Upper range limit of the sensor
EU_0• "Pressure" measuring mode; "Level in pressure" measuring mode; "Level inheight" measuring mode; "Flow" measuring mode: Enter the lower limit for thepressure value of the Transducer Block.
• Factory setting: 0
UNITS_INDEX• Select the unit for input scaling.
DECIMAL• Displays the number of decimal places.

Scale Out/SCALE_OUT
Entry
Index: 36
Data type: DS-68
Access: OOS

The Scale Out/SCALE_OUT-parameter is a structured parameter consisting offour elements.
EU_100• "Pressure" measuring mode; "Level in pressure" measuring mode; "Level inheight" measuring mode; enter the upper limit for the output value of theTransducer Block.
Factory setting: 100• "Flow" measuring mode: Enter the maximum flow of the primary device.
See also layout sheet of primary element. The maximum flow is assigned tothe maximum pressure which you enter via the Scale In/SCALE_IN
parameter, EU_100 element.
Factory setting: 1.0
EU_0• "Pressure" measuring mode; "Level in pressure" measuring mode; "Level inheight" measuring mode; enter the lower limit for the output value of theTransducer Block.
• Factory setting: 0
UNITS_INDEX• Select the unit for output scaling.
DECIMAL• Displays the number of decimal places.

Make sure that the unit selected by means of the Scale Out/SCALE_OUT
parameter, "Units Index" element suits the measured variable.
See also the Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE ( ä 178)
parameter descriptions.

Endress+Hauser

183

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Damping/
PRESSURE_1_DAMPING
Entry

Enter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the
local operation, measured value (Primary Value) and output value of the Analog
Input Block react to a change in the pressure. For this purpose, switch thedamping switch "On".

Index: 37
Data type: float
Access: OOS

Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Pos. zero adjust/
PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_ZERO_INSTALL
Options
Index: 38
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value,i.e. for example, when the container is empty or partially full, the Primary
Value/PRIMARY_VALUE parameter does not display zero.
This parameter provides the possibility of performing position adjustment
where the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured
pressure need not be known. (A reference pressure is present at the device.)
Example:– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 2.2 mbar
– Correct the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE via the Pos. zero adjust/
PRESSURE_1_ACCEPT_ZERO_INSTALL parameter with the "Confirm" option.
This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure present.
– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
The Calib. offset/PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_OFFSET ( ä 184) parameter
displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) by which the Primary Value/
PRIMARY_VALUE was corrected.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

Calib. offset/
PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_OFFSET
Entry
Index: 39
Data type: float
Access: OOS

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value,i.e. for example, when the container is empty or partly filled, the
PRIMARY_VALUE parameter does not display zero or the desired value.
This parameter provides the possibility of performing position adjustment
where the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured
pressure is known. (A reference pressure is not present at the device.)
Example:– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE = 2.2 mbar
– Via the Calib. offset/PRESSURE_1_INSTALL_OFFSET parameter, enter thevalue by which the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE should be corrected. To
correct the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE to 0.0 mbar, you must enter thevalue 2.2 here. (The following applies: PRIMARY_VALUEnew =PRIMARY_VALUEold – PRESSURE_INSTALL_OFFSET)– Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE (after entry for calib. offset) = 0.0 mbar
Factory setting:
0.0

Lo trim measured/
PRESSURE_1_LOWER_CAL_MEASURED
Display

Displays the pressure that was present at the device during calibration and wasused for the calibration of the lower point of the sensor characteristic curve. 
See also the Lo trim sensor/CAL_POINT_LO parameter description ( ä 179).

Index: 40
Data type: float
Access: read only
Displays the pressure that was present at the device during calibration and was
Hi trim measured/
PRESSURE_1_UPPER_CAL_M used for the calibration of the upper point of the sensor characteristic curve. 
See also the Hi Trim Sensor/CAL_POINT_HI parameter description ( ä 179).
EASURED
Display
Index: 41
Data type: float
Access: read only184

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Measuring mode/
OPERATING_MODE
Display

Displays the measuring mode currently selected.

Index: 42
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS
Select the method for calculating the level

Level selection/
LEVEL_ADJUSTMENT
Display, selection

Options:• In pressure
If this option is selected, specify two pressure/level value pairs. The levelvalue is displayed directly in the unit that you select via the Unit before Lin./OUT_UNIT_EASY parameter.
• In height
If this option is selected, specify two height/level value pairs. From themeasured pressure, the device first calculates the height using the density.
This information is then used to calculate the level in the Unit before Lin./OUT_UNIT_EASY selected using the two value pairs specified.

Index: 43
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Factory setting:
In pressure
Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment.
Corrected press./
PRESSURE_1_AFTER_CALIBR
ATION
Display
If this value is not equal to "0", it can be corrected to "0" by the position
Index: 44
adjustment.
Data type: float
Access: read only
Meas. pressure/
PRESSURE_1_FINAL_VALUE
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.

Index: 45
Data type: float
Access: read only

Cerabar M /Deltapilot M

SensorSensor pressureSimulation value
Pressure

Corrected Press.



Pressure af. damp

Measuring pressure

Sensor trimPositionadjustment
DampingElectr. Delta PPressure

Endress+Hauser

P
Level



PV

PV = Primary Value

185

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

DescriptionAnalog Input Block

Deltabar M
Transducer Block

SensorSensor pressureCorrected Press.



Pressure af. damp

Measuring pressure

Sensor trimPositionadjustment
DampingPressure

P
Level

Flow






PV

PV = Primary Value

186

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Lin. mode/LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_MODE
Entry

Select the linearization mode.

Index: 46
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Options:• Linear
The level is output without being converted beforehand. Level before lin/
MEASURED_LEVEL_AFTER_SIMULATION is output.
• Erase table
The existing linearization table is deleted.
• Manual entry (sets the table to the edit mode, an alarm is output):
The value pairs of the table (X-value:/TB_LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_X_VALUE and Y-value:/TB_LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_Y_VALUE)
are entered manually.
• Semiautomatic entry (sets the table to the edit mode, an alarm is output):
The container is emptied or filled in stages in this entry mode. The device
automatically records the level value (X-value:/TB_LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_X_VALUE). The associated volume, mass or %-value is enteredmanually (X-value:/TB_LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_X_VALUE).
• Activate table
The table entered is activated and checked with this option. The device shows
the level after linearization.
Factory setting:
ManualUnit after lin./
AFTER_LINEARIZATION_UNI
T
Display, selection
Index: 47
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS

Select the linearization unit (unit of the Y-value).
Options:• %• cm, dm, m, mm• hl• in3, ft3, m3• l• in, ft
• kg, t• lb
• gal
• IgalFactory setting:%Line numb./LINEARIZATION_ Enter the number of the current point in the table.
The subsequent entries in X-value:/TB_LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_X_VALUETABLE_INDEX
and
Entry
Y-value:/TB_LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_Y_VALUE refer to this point.
Index: 48
Input range:
Data type: unsigned8• 1 ... 32
Access: wr for Auto, OOS
X-value:/
TB_LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_X_VALUE
Display
Index: 49
Data type: float
Access: read only
Y-value:/
TB_LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_Y_VALUE
Entry
Index: 50
Data type: float
Access: OOS

Endress+Hauser

Display the X-value (level before linearization) for the specific point in the table
and confirm.
Note:
If "Lin. mode" = "Manual", the level value is displayed.
If "Lin. mode" = "Semiautomatic", the level value is displayed and has to be
confirmed by entering the Y-value that cannot be edited.
Prerequisite:• Lin. mode/LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_MODE = Manual entry.
Enter the Y-value (value after linearization) for the specific point in the table inthe "Semiautomatic" mode.
Note:
If "Lin. mode" = "Manual", the system displays the points after linearization.
If "Lin. mode" = "Semiautomatic", entry of the points after linearization.
The linearization table must be monotonic increasing or decreasing.

187

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Edit table/
LINEARIZATION_TABLE_EDI
T
Display, selection

Select the function for entering the table.

Index: 51
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Options:• Next point: enter the next point.
• Current point: stay on the current point to correct a mistake for example.
• Previous point: skip back to the previous point to correct a mistake forexample.
• Insert point: insert an additional point (see example below).
• Delete point: delete the current point (see example below).
Example: Add a point - in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the "Line-numb." parameter.
– Select the "Insert point" option via the "Edit table" parameter.
– Point 5 is displayed for the "Line-numb" parameter. Enter new values for the"X-value" and "Y-value" parameters.
Example: Delete a point - in this case the 5th point for example.
– Select point 5 via the "Line-numb." parameter.
– Select the "Delete point" option via the "Edit table" parameter.
– The 5th point is deleted. All of the subsequent points are moved up one
number i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:Current point

Tank Description/
LEVEL_TANK_DESCRIPTION
Entry

Enter tank description. (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)
Factory setting:________________________________

Index: 52
Data type: visible string
Access: wr for Auto, OOS
Tank content/
MEASURED_TANK_CONTEN
T_AFTER_SIM
Display

Displays the level value after linearization.

Index: 53
Data type: float
Access: read only
Sensor pressure/
PRESSURE_1_AFTER_SENSO
R
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.  See also the following graphic, Meas. pressure/
PRESSURE_1_FINAL_VALUE parameter description.

Index: 54
Data type: float
Access: read only
Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim, position adjustment andPressure af. damp./
PRESSURE_1_AFTER_DAMPI damping. This value corresponds to the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE
parameter in the "Pressure" measuring mode.
NG
Display
Index: 55
Data type: float
Access: read only

Cerabar M /Deltapilot M

SensorSensor Pressure

Sensor trimPositionadjustment

188

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Simulation value
Pressure

Corrected Press.



Pressure af. damp

Measuring pressure
DampingElectr. Delta PPressure


P
Level



PV

PV = Primary Value
Analog Input Block

Deltabar M
Transducer Block

SensorSensor pressureCorrected Press.



Pressure af. damp

Measuring pressure

Sensor trimPositionadjustment
DampingPressure

P
Level

Flow






PV

PV = Primary ValueLevel before lin/
MEASURED_LEVEL_AFTER_SIMULATION
Display

Displays the level value prior to linearization.

Index: 56
Data type: float
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

189

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Lin tab index 01/
LIN_TAB_X_Y_VALUE_1
Entry/Display

Position 1 of the X and Y values of the linearization table.
The X and Y values can be entered (edited) if the Lin. mode/LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_MODE is set to "Manual". The data can only be displayed if the Lin.
mode/LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_MODE is not set to "Manual".

Index: 57
Data type: record
Access: OOS
...

...

...
Lin tab index 32/
LIN_TAB_X_Y_VALUE_32
Entry/Display

Position 32 of the X and Y values of the linearization table.
The X and Y values can be entered (edited) if the Lin. mode/LINEARIZATION_
TABLE_MODE is set to "Manual". The data can only be displayed if the Lin.
mode/LINEARIZATION_ TABLE_MODE is not set to "Manual".

Index: 88
Data type: record
Access: OOS
Sensor meas. type/
SENSOR_MEASUREMENT_TY
PE
Display
Index: 89
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Height unit/
HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY
Options

Index: 90
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS

Displays the sensor type.
• Deltabar M = differential• Cerabar M with gauge pressure sensors = gauge• Cerabar M with absolute pressure sensors = absolute• Deltapilot M with gauge pressure sensors = gauge

Select the height unit. The measured pressure is converted to the selectedheight unit using the Density unit/DENSITY_UNIT_EASY and Adjust density/
LEVEL_ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY parameter.
Prerequisite:
Primary Value Type/PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE parameter is set to"Level height"
or "Lev. height+LinTab".
Options:
• mm
• m
• in
• ft
Factory setting:m

190

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Unit before Lin./OUT_UNIT_EASY
Options

Select the unit for the measured value display for the level before linearization.

Index: 91
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS

The unit selected is only used to describe the measured value. This means thatthe measured value is not converted when a new output unit is selected.
Example:• Current measured value: 0.3 ft• New output unit: m• New measured value: 0.3 m
Options• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, in• m3, in3
• l, hl• ft3• gal, Igal
• kg, t• lb
Factory setting:%Select the calibration mode.
Calibration mode/
LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE_EASY
Options:
Options• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the caseof two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered isIndex: 92
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time. ( See also thisData type: unsigned8
table, Empty calibration/LOW_LEVEL_EASY and Full calib./
Access: OOS
HIGH_LEVEL_EASY parameter descriptions)• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, you specify
two pressure/level value pairs via the following parameters Empty
calibration/LOW_LEVEL_EASY, Empty pressure/
LOW_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EASY, Full calib./HIGH_LEVEL_EASY and Fullpressure/HIGH_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EASY.
Factory setting:Wet - if PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE "Level" or "Level+LinTab"
Dry - if PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE "Level height" or "Lev height+LinTab"
Density unit/
DENSITY_UNIT_EASY
Display
Index: 93
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

Displays the density unit. The measured pressure is converted to a height using
the Height unit/HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY and Adjust density/
LEVEL_ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY parameters.
Factory setting:• g/cm3Enter the density of the medium. The measured pressure is converted to a
Adjust density/
LEVEL_ADJUST_DENSITY_EA height using the Height unit/HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY, Density unit/
DENSITY_UNIT_EASY and Adjust density/LEVEL_ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY
SY
parameters.
Index: 94
Data type: FLOAT
Access: OOS

Endress+Hauser

Factory setting:
1.0

191

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Empty height/
LEVEL_OFFSET_EASY
Entry/Display

Enter the level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(empty container).
The values entered for the Empty calibration/LOW_LEVEL_EASY and Empty
pressure/LOW_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EASY parameters form the pressure/levelvalue pair for the lower calibration point. The unit is selected via the Unit before
Lin./OUT_UNIT_EASY parameter (→ Seite 191).

Index: 95
Data type: FLOAT
Access: OOS

Prerequisite:• Level selection/LEVEL_ADJUSTMENT = in height or Primary Value/
PRIMARY_VALUE parameter is set to "Level height" or "Lev height+LinTab"• Calibration mode/LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE_EASY = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

Full height/
LEVEL_100_PERCENT_EASY
Entry/Display

Index: 96
Data type: FLOAT
Access: OOS

Enter the height, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration
point (container full).
The values entered for the Full calib./HIGH_LEVEL_EASY and Full pressure/
HIGH_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EASY parameters form the pressure/level value pair
for the upper calibration point The unit is selected via the Unit before Lin./OUT_UNIT_EASY parameter(  ä 191).
Prerequisite:• Level selection/LEVEL_ADJUSTMENT = in height or Primary Value/
PRIMARY_VALUE parameter is set to "Level height" or "Lev height+LinTab"• Calibration mode/LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE_EASY = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

Process density/
LEVEL_MEASUREMENT_DE
NSITY_EASY
Entry

Index: 97
Data type: FLOAT
Access: OOS

Meas. level/
MEASURED_ACTUAL_LEVEL_EASY
DisplayEnter a new density value for density correction.
The calibration was carried out with water as the medium, for example. Now thecontainer is to be used for another medium with another density. The
calibration is corrected appropriately by entering the new density value for theProcess density/LEVEL_MEASUREMENT_DENSITY_EASY parameter.

See also the Adjust density/LEVEL_ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY parameter.
Factory setting:
1.0
Displays the level currently measured.
The measured pressure is converted to a height using the Density unit/
DENSITY_UNIT_EASY and Adjust density/LEVEL_ADJUST_DENSITY_EASY
parameters.

Index: 98
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read only
Full calib./HIGH_LEVEL_EASY Enter the height value for the upper calibration point (container full). Select theunit via the Height unit/HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY parameter ( ä 190).
Options

Index: 99
Data type: FLOAT
Access: OOS

192• In the case of wet calibration, the level (container full) must actually beavailable. The associated pressure is then automatically recorded by thedevice.
• In the case of dry calibration, the level (container full) does not have to beavailable. The associated pressure has to be entered in the Full pressure/
HIGH_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EASY parameter for the "In pressure" levelselection. The associated height must entered in the Full height/
LEVEL_100_PERCENT_EASY parameter for the "In height" level selection.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Empty calibration/
LOW_LEVEL_EASY
Options

Enter the height value for the lower calibration point (container empty). Selectthe unit via the Height unit/HEIGHT_UNIT_EASY parameter ( ä 190).

Index: 100
Data type: FLOAT
Access: OOS• In the case of wet calibration, the level (container empty) must actually beavailable. The associated pressure is then automatically recorded by thedevice.
• In the case of dry calibration, the level (container empty) does not have to beavailable. The associated pressure has to be entered in the Empty pressure/
LOW_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EASY parameter for the "In pressure" levelselection. The associated height must be entered in the Empty height/
LEVEL_OFFSET_EASY parameter for the "In height" level selection.

Full pressure/
HIGH_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EA
SY
Entry

Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
→ See also Full calib./HIGH_LEVEL_EASY.

Index: 101
Data type: FLOAT
Access: OOS

Factory setting:Upper range limit (URL) is converted to a unit of height.

Empty pressure/
LOW_LEVEL_PRESSURE_EAS
Y
Entry

Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
→ See also Empty calibration/LOW_LEVEL_EASY.

Index: 102
Data type: FLOAT
Access: OOS
Electr. delta P/
ELECTRIC_DELTA_P_CONTR
OL
Options
Index: 103
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Prerequisite:• Calibration mode/LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE_EASY = DryPrerequisite:• Calibration mode/LEVEL_ADJUST_MODE_EASY= Dry
Factory setting:Lower range limit (LRL) is converted to a unit of height.

For switching the electr. delta P application on or off with an external orconstant value.
Options:• Off• External value• Constant
Factory setting:Off

E.delta p selec./
E_DELTA_P_INPUT_SELECTOR
Options
Index: 104
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Select the input of the Input Selector Block which should be used for the electr.
delta P application.
Options:• Input 1• Input 2• Input 3• Input 4
Factory setting:
Input 1

E. delta p value/
E_DELTA_P_VALUE
Display

Displays the current input values for electr. delta P.

Index: 105
Data type: float
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

193Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

E. delta p status/
E_DELTA_P_STATUS
Display

Displays the status of the current input values for electr. delta P (Good,
Uncertain or Bad).

Index: 106
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
E.delta p unit/
E_DELTA_P_INPUT_UNIT
Selection
Index: 107
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Factory setting:Uncertain

Select the unit of the electr. delta P input value.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O• inH2O, ftH2O• Pa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg• kg/cm3
Factory setting:mbar

Fixed ext. value/
ELECTRIC_DELTA_P_CONST
ANT
Entry
Index: 108
Data type: FLOAT
Access: OOS
Min. meas. press./
PRESSURE_1_MIN_RESETAB
LE
Display

Use this function to enter the constant value.
The value refers to E.delta p unit/E_DELTA_P_INPUT_UNIT.
Factory setting:
0.0

Displays the lowest pressure value measured (peakhold indicator). You can reset
this indicator by means of the Reset peakhold/
RESET_TRANSMITTER_OBSERVATION parameter.

Index: 109
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read only
Max. meas. press./
PRESSURE_1_MAX_RESETA
BLE
Display

Displays the highest pressure value measured (peakhold indicator). You canreset this indicator by means of the Reset peakhold/
RESET_TRANSMITTER_OBSERVATION parameter.

Index: 110
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read only
Reset peakhold/
RESET_TRANSMITTER_OBSE
RVATION
Options
Index: 111
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS
Sensor temp. (Cerabar/
Deltapilot)/
MEASURED_TEMPERATURE_1
Display

You can reset the "Min. meas. press." and "Max. meas. press." indicators with thisparameter.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort
Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This can deviate
from the process temperature.

Index: 112
Data type: FLOAT
Access: read only

194

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Pressure Transducer Block (Endress+Hauser parameters)
Parameter

Description

Temp. eng. unit/
TEMPERATURE_UNIT
Options

Select the unit for the temperature measured values.

Index: 113
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS

The setting affects the unit for the Sensor temp. (Cerabar/Deltapilot)/
MEASURED_TEMPERATURE_1 parameter.
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
Factory setting:°C

Device name str./
GENERIC_DEVICE_TYPE
Display

Displays the device type (Cerabar M, Deltabar M or Deltapilot M).

Index: 114
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Displays the number of decimal places.
Format 1st value/
DISPLAY_MAINLINE_FORMA
T
Options:
Display• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx
Index: 115• x.xxxx
Data type: unsigned8• x.xxxxx
Access: read only

DP_FLOW Transducer Block (only Deltabar M)
DP_FLOW Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Device dialog/
DEVICE_DIALOG
Display

If configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating thata configuration error is present. The message can indicate which parameter wasincorrectly configured.

Index: 11
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Operator code/S_W_LOCK
Entry
Index: 12
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto, OOS

Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock operation.
Options:• To lock: Enter a number  the release code.
• To unlock: Enter the release code.

The release code is "0" in the order configuration. Another release code can be
defined in the Code definition/USER_S_W_UNLOCK parameter. If the user has
forgotten the release code, it can be made visible again by entering the number
sequence "5864".
Factory setting:0
Lockstate/STATUS_LOCKING
Display

Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock thedevice (hardware locking, software locking).

Index: 13
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

195Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

DP_FLOW Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

DIP switch/
SWITCH_STATUS_LIST
Display

Displays the DIP switches activated on the electronic insert.

Index: 14
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE
Options
Index: 15
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS• P1/P2 switch (Deltabar, inputs inversion enabled)• Lin/sq. switch (Deltabar, flow has been enabled)• Simulation switch (AI simulation enabled)• Damping switch (damping enabled)• HW lock. switch (HW locking enabled)
Select the flow type.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar M differential pressure transmitter
Options• Volume process cond. (volume under operating conditions)• Volume norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe:1013.25 mbar and 273.15 K (0 °C))
• Volume std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA:1013.25 mbar (14.7 psi) and 288.15 K (15 °C/59 °F))
• Mass p. cond. (mass under operating conditions)• Flow in %Factory setting:
Volume operat. cond.

Displays the current flow. Depending on the flow mode selected
Flow/
FLOW_AFTER_SUPPRESSION (→ Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE), a volume flow, mass flow, standard volume
flow or corrected volume flow is displayed.
Display
Index: 16
Data type: float
Access: read only

196

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

DP_FLOW Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Flow unit/FLOW_UNIT
Entry

Select flow unit.

Index: 17
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS

Prerequisite:• Deltabar M differential pressure transmitter

Make sure that the unit suits the flow mode selected. → See also  ä 196, Flowmeas. type/FLOW_TYPE parameter description.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow type Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE.
When the flow type is changed, conversion is not possible.
Possible units for Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE = Volume operat. cond.:• m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d
• l/s, l/min, l/h• hl/s, hl/min, hl/d
• ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d• ACFS, ACFM, ACFH, ACFD
• ozf/s, ozf/min• gal/S, gal/min, gal/h, gal/d• Igal/s, Igal/min, Igal/h• bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Factory setting:m³/sPossible units for Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE = Volume norm. cond.:• Nm3/s, Nm3/min, Nm3/h, Nm3/d
Factory setting:
Nm³/s
Possible units for Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE = Volume std. cond.:• Sm3/s, Sm3/min, Sm3/h, Sm3/d• SCFS, SCFM, SCFH, SCFD
Factory setting:
Sm3/s
Possible units for Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE = Mass p. cond.:• g/s, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h
• t/s, t/min, t/h, t/d• oz/s, oz/min• lb/s, lb/min, lb/h
• ton/s, ton/min, ton/h, ton/d
Factory setting:kg/sPossible units for Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE = Flow in %:• %Factory setting:%Endress+Hauser

197

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

DP_FLOW Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Set. L. Fl. Cut-off/
CREEP_FLOW_SUPRESSION_
OFF_THRES
Options

Enter switch-on point of the flow-flow cut-off.
The hysteresis between the switch-on point and the switch-off point is always 1% of the maximum flow value.

Index: 18
Data type: float
Access: OOS

Input range:
Switch-off point: 0 to 50% of end flow value (Flow Max/MAX_FLOW).

Q
Qmax

Q
Qmax
6%
5%

0%

0%

Δp

Δp
A0025191

Factory setting:
5 % (of the maximum flow value)Enter maximum flow of primary element.
→ See also layout sheet of primary device. The maximum flow is assigned to the
maximum pressure which you enter via Max press. flow/
FLOW_MAX_PRESSURE.

Flow Max/MAX_FLOW
Entry
Index: 19
Data type: float
Access: OOS

Factory setting
1.0

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim, position adjustment andPressure af. damp./
PRESSURE_1_AFTER_DAMPI damping. This value corresponds to the Primary Value/PRIMARY_VALUE
parameter in the "Pressure" measuring mode.
NG
Display
Index: 20
Data type: float
Access: read only
Deltabar M
Transducer Block

SensorSensor PressureCorrected Press.



Pressure af. damp

Measuring pressure

Sensor trimPositionadjustment
DampingPressure

P
Level

Flow






PV

PV = Primary Value

198

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

DP_FLOW Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Max press. flow/
FLOW_MAX_PRESSURE
Entry

Enter maximum pressure of primary element.
→ See layout sheet of primary device. This value is assigned to the maximum
flow value (→ see Flow Max/MAX_FLOW).

Index: 21
Data type: float
Access: OOS

Factory setting:High sensor limit (→ see PRESS. SENS HILIM, Sensor range/SENSOR_RANGE
 ä 180)Press. eng. unit/
PRESSURE_1_UNIT
Display

Displays the pressure unit selected.
The pressure unit is selected by means of the Calibration Units/CAL_UNIT
parameter ( ä 143) in the Pressure Transducer Block.

Index: 22
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS
Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1
Display
Index: 23
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

The Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1 parameter is a structured parameter consistingof two elements.
VALUE• Displays the total flow value of totalizer 1. You can reset the value with theReset Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_RESET parameter.
STATUS• Displays the status.

• You can transmit the value and status of this parameter via the Channel/
CHANNEL parameter ( ä 211) in the Analog Input Block. The Channel/
CHANNEL must be set to "6" for this purpose.
• You can reset the value of this parameter via the Channel/CHANNEL
parameter in the Discrete Output Block. The Channel/CHANNEL must be set
to "21" for this purpose.
Eng. unit total. 1/
TOTALIZER_1_UNIT
Options
Index: 24
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS

Select unit for totalizer 1.
Depending on the setting in the Flow meas. type/FLOW_TYPE parameter( ä 196), this parameter offers a list of volume, norm volume, standard
volume and mass units.
When a new volume or mass unit is selected, totalizer-specific parameters areconverted and displayed with the new unit within a unit group. When the flowmode is change, the totalizer value is not converted.
Factory setting:m3

Totalizer 1 mode/
TOTALIZER_1_MODE
Options
Index: 25
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS
Total. 1 failsafe/
TOTALIZER_1_FAIL_
SAFE_MODE
Options

Define the behavior of the totalizer.
Options:• Balanced: Integration of all measured flows (positive and negative).
• Pos. flow only: only positive flows are integrated.
• Neg. flow only: only negative flows are integrated.
• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.
Select the mode for totalizer 1 in the event of an error.
Currently, only the "Actual" mode can be selected, i.e. totalizer 1 continues tocount in the event of an error.

Index: 26
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Endress+Hauser

199

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

DP_FLOW Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Reset Totalizer 1/
TOTALIZER_1_RESET
Options

You reset totalizer 1 to zero with this parameter.

Index: 27
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Options:• Abort (do not reset)• Reset
Factory setting:
Abort

Displays the total flow value of totalizer 1. You can reset the value with the
Totalizer 1/
TOTALIZER_1_STRING_VALU Reset Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_RESET parameter. The Totalizer 1 overflow/
TOTALIZER_1_STRING_OVERFLOW parameter displays the overflow.
E
Display
Example: The value 123456789 m3 is indicated as follows:– Totalizer 1: 3456789 m3
Index: 28– Totalizer 1 overflow: 12 E7 m3
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Displays the overflow value of totalizer 1.
Totalizer 1 overflow/
TOTALIZER_1_STRING_OVER See also Totalizer 1/TOTALIZER_1_STRING_VALUE.
FLOW
Display
Index: 29
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Totalizer 2/TOTALIZER_2
Display
Index: 30
Data type: float
Access: read only

The Totalizer 2/TOTALIZER_2 parameter is a structured parameter consistingof two elements.
VALUE• Displays the total flow value of totalizer 2.
STATUS• Displays the status.

You can transmit the value and status of this parameter via the Channel/
CHANNEL parameter ( ä 211) in the Analog Input Block. The Channel/
CHANNEL must be set to "7" for this purpose.
Eng. unit total. 2/
TOTALIZER_2_UNIT
Options
Index: 31
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS
Totalizer 2 mode/
TOTALIZER_2_MODE
Entry
Index: 32
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Select the unit for totalizer 2.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar M differential pressure transmitter
Factory setting:m³
Define the behavior of the totalizer.
Options:• Balanced: Integration of all measured flows (positive and negative).
• Pos. flow only: only positive flows are integrated.
• Neg. flow only: only negative flows are integrated.
• Hold: The totalizer is stopped and keeps its current value.

Select the mode for totalizer 2 in the event of an error.
Total. 2 failsafe/
TOTALIZER_2_FAIL_SAFE_M Currently, only the "Actual" mode can be selected, i.e. totalizer 2 continues tocount in the event of an error.
ODE
Options
Index: 33
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

200

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

DP_FLOW Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Totalizer 2/
TOTALIZER_2_STRING_VALU
E
Display

Displays the total flow value of totalizer 2. The Total. 2 overflow/
TOTALIZER_2_STRING_OVERFLOW parameter displays the overflow.

Index: 34
Data type: visible string
Access: read only

Example: The value 123456789 m3 is indicated as follows:– Totalizer 2: 3456789 m3– Totalizer 2 overflow: 12 E7 m3

Displays the overflow value of totalizer 2.
Total. 2 overflow/
TOTALIZER_2_STRING_OVER See also Totalizer 2/TOTALIZER_2.
FLOW
Display
Index: 35
Data type: visible string
Access: read only
Measuring mode/
OPERATING_MODE
Display
Index: 36
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured differently depending on the measuring mode
selected.

If the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. If necessary, thedevice has to be recalibrated after the measuring mode has been changed.
Measuring mode display:• Pressure• Level• Flow
Factory setting:Pressure

High-press. side/
PRESSURE_1_INPUT_INV
Options

Determines, which pressure input corresponds to the high-pressure side.

Index: 37
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

This setting is only valid if the "SW/P2 High" DIP switch is switched off (see DIP
switch/SWITCH_STATUS_LIST parameter). Otherwise P2 corresponds to thehigh-pressure side in any case.
Options:• P1 High
Pressure input P1 is the high-pressure side.
• P2 High
Pressure input P2 is the high-pressure side.
Factory setting
P1 High

Device name str./
GENERIC_DEVICE_TYPE
Display

Displays the device type (Cerabar M, Deltabar M or Deltapilot M).

Index: 38
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Displays the number of decimal places.
Format 1st value/
DISPLAY_MAINLINE_FORMA
T
Options:
Display• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx
Index: 39• x.xxxx
Data type: unsigned8• x.xxxxx
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

201

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Display Transducer Block
Display Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Device dialog/
DEVICE DIALOG
Display

If configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating that a
configuration error is present. The message can indicate which parameter wasincorrectly configured.

Index: 10
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Operator code/
S_W_LOCK
Options

Index: 11
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto,OOS

Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock operation.
Options:• To lock: Enter a number  the release code.
• To unlock: Enter the release code.

The release code is "0" in the order configuration. Another release code can be definedin the Code definition/USER_S_W_UNLOCK parameter. If the user has forgotten therelease code, it can be made visible again by entering the number sequence "5864".
Factory setting:0

Lockstate/
STATUS_LOCKING
Display

Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock the device(hardware locking, software locking).

Index: 12
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Displays the number of decimal places.
Format 1st value/
AUTOMATIC_MAIN_LI
Options:
NE_FORMAT• x.x
Options• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx
Index: 13• x.xxxxx
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Language/
DISPLAY_LANGUAGE
Options
Index: 14
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

Select the menu language for the onsite display.
Options:• English• Deutsch• Français• Español• Katakana• Chinese
Factory setting:EnglishSpecify the contents for the first line of the onsite display in the measuring mode.
Display mode/
DISPLAY_MAIN_LINE_ Options:
1_CONTENT• Primary value (PV)
Options• External value• All alternating
Index: 15
Factory setting:
Data type: unsigned8
Primary value (PV)
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

202

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Display Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Add. disp. value/
DISPLAY_MAINLINE_2_CONTENT
Options

Specify the contents for the second line of the onsite display in the measuring mode.

Index: 16
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

Options:• No value• Pressure• Main value (%)• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2
The options depend on the measuring mode chosen.
Factory setting:No value

FF input source/
DISPLAY_INPUT_SELE
CTOR
Options

Index: 17
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS

FF input unit/
DISPLAY_INPUT_UNIT
Options

Select the input of the Input Selector Block which should be used as the external value
for the display.
Options:• Input 1• Input 2• Input 3• Input 4
Factory setting:
Input 1
Select the unit for the external value that should be shown on the display.
Factory setting:mbar

Index: 18
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
FF input form./
DISPLAY_INPUT_FOR
MAT
Options

Index: 19
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Device name str./
GENERIC_DEVICE_TYP
E
Display

Select the format for the external value that should be shown on the display.
Options:• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:x.x
Displays the device type (Cerabar M, Deltabar M or Deltapilot M).

Index: 20
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

203

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Display Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Measuring mode/
OPERATING_MODE
Display

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured differently depending on the measuring mode
selected.

Index: 21
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

If the measuring mode is changed, no conversion takes place. If necessary, the device
has to be recalibrated after the measuring mode has been changed.
Options:• Pressure• Level• Flow
Factory setting:Pressure

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Device dialog/DEVICE DIALOG If configuration is unsuitable, this parameter displays a message indicating thata configuration error is present. The message can indicate which parameter was
Display
incorrectly configured.

Index: 10
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Operator code/S_W_LOCK
Options

Index: 11
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto, OOS

Use this function to enter a code to lock or unlock operation.
Options:• To lock: Enter a number  the release code.
• To unlock: Enter the release code.

The release code is "0" in the order configuration. Another release code can be
defined in the Code definition/USER_S_W_UNLOCK parameter. If the user has
forgotten the release code, it can be made visible again by entering the number
sequence "5864".
Factory setting:0

Lockstate/STATUS_LOCKING
Display

Displays the current locking status of the device or conditions that can lock thedevice (hardware locking, software locking).

Index: 12
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
DIP switch/
SWITCH_STATUS_LIST
Display

Index: 13
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only

204

Displays the DIP switches activated on the electronic insert.
• P1/P2 switch (Deltabar, inputs inversion enabled)• Lin/sq. switch (Deltabar, flow has been enabled)• Simulation switch (AI simulation enabled)• Damping switch (damping enabled)• HW lock. switch (HW locking enabled)

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Simulation mode/
SIMULATION_MODE
Options

Switch on simulation and select the simulation mode.
Any simulation running is switched off if the measuring mode or level mode
(Lin. mode (037)) is changed.
Options:• None• Pressure• Flow (only differential pressure transmitter)• Level• Tank content• Alarm/warning

Index: 14
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Cerabar M /Deltapilot M
Transducer Block

Sensor
Sensor trimPositionadjustment


Simulation value
Pressure

DampingElectr. Delta PPressureP
Level

 Simulation value:- Level- Tank content




PV

Analog Input Block

Deltabar M
Transducer Block

Sensor
Sensor trimPositionadjustment


Simulation value
Pressure

DampingEndress+Hauser

PPressure

Level

Simulation value:- Level- Tank content



Flow



Simulation value:- Flow

205

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description



PV

Analog Input Block

Simulation unit/
SIMULATION_UNIT
Display

Displays the unit of the simulation value (depends on the measuring mode
selected).

Index: 15
Data type:
Access: read only
Simulated Value/
SIMULATED_VALUE
Entry
Index: 16
Data type: float
Access: OOS
Sim. error no./ALARM_SIMULATION_VALU
E
Entry
Index: 17
Data type: unsigned16
Access: OOS
Status/DEVICE_STATUS
DisplayEnter the simulation value.
Prerequisite:• Simulation/SIMULATION_MODE = Pressure, flow (Deltabar), level or tankcontent.

Enter the message number for simulation.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 11.1 "Messages", "Code" table
column.
Prerequisite:• Simulate/SIMULATE = Alarm/warning
Value when switched on:
485 "Simulation value" (simulation active)
Provides information on the current status of the device.

Index: 18
Data type: unsigned8
Access: read only
Diagnostic code/
ACTUAL_HIGHEST_ALARM
Display

Displays the highest active warning/error message.

Index: 19
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Instructions/ACTUAL_MAINTENANCE_IN
STRUCT
Display

Instructions for resolving the highest active warning/error message.

Index: 20
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only
Last diag. code/
LAST_ALARM_INFO_IO
Display

Last rectified error message. Equivalent to the first entry in the Last diag. codetable (logbook).

Index: 21
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

206

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

Reset logbook/
RESET_ALARM_HISTORY

Parameter for deleting the logbook entries.
Options:• Abort• ResetIndex: 22
Data type: unsigned8
Access: wr for Auto, OOS
Actual errors/
DIAG_ALARM_TABLE
Display

Factory setting:
Abort
Bit field summary of active alarms/warnings.

Index: 23
Data type: OctetString8
Access: read only
Operating hours/
OPERATING_HOURS_VALUE
Display

Displays the hours of operation.

Index: 24
Data type: unsigned32
Access: read only
Diagnostic code/
ACTUAL_HIGHEST_ALARM
Display

Table displaying the 10 current active alarms/warnings.

Index: 25
Data type: record
Access: read only
Instructions/ACTUAL_MAINTENANCE_IN
STRUCT_INFO
Display

Table displaying the instructions for the current active alarms/warnings.

Index: 26
Data type: record
Access: read only
Last diag. code/
LAST_ALARM_INFOS
Display

Table displaying the last 10 current rectified alarms/warnings.

Index: 27
Data type: record
Access: wr for Auto, OOS
Reset/RESET_INPUT_VALUE
Entry

Index: 28
Data type: unsigned16
Access: wr for Auto, OOS
Config. Recorder/
CONFIGURATION_ COUNTER
Display

Reset parameters completely or partially to the factory values or orderconfiguration, ä 55, "Resetting to factory settings (reset)".
Factory setting:0

Displays the configuration counter.
This counter is increased by 1 every time a configuration parameter or group ischanged.
The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at 0.

Index: 29
Data type: unsigned16
Access: read only

Endress+Hauser

207

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Diagnostic Transducer Block
Parameter

Description

This parameter specifies how the unit should react if the sensor limit is
Alarm behav. P/
UNDER_OVER_PRESSURE_BE exceeded or undershot.
HAVIOR
Options
Options:• Warning• Alarm
Index: 30
Factory setting
Data type: unsigned8
Warning
Access: OOS

9.12.4

Analog Input Block (function block)

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Static Revision/ST_REV
Display

Displays the counter for static parameters of the Analog Input Block.
The counter is incremented by one with each change of a static parameter of theAnalog Input Block. The counter counts up to 65535 and then starts again at zero.

Index: 1
Data type: usigned16
Access: read only
Tag Description/
TAG_DESC
Entry

Enter a description for the related block or the measuring point e.g. TAG number(max. 32 alphanumeric characters).

Index: 2
Data type: octet string
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS
Strategy/STRATEGY
Entry
Index: 3
Data type: unsigned16
Access: auto, man, OOS

Alert Key/ALERT_KEY
Entry
Index: 4
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, man, OOS

Enter user-specific value for grouping and thus faster evaluation of the blocks.
Grouping takes place by entering the same numerical value for the Strategy/
STRATEGY parameter of the block in question.
Input range:
0...65535
Factory setting:0Enter the identification number for the measuring device or for each individual block.
The control level uses this identification number to sort alarm and event messages andinitiate other processing steps.
Input range:
1...255
Factory setting:0

Block Mode/
MODE_BLK
Selection, display

The Block Mode/MODE_BLK parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements. The Analog Input Block supports the "Auto" (automatic), "Man" (value andstatus of the OUT parameter can be specified directly by the operator) and OOS (out ofservice) modes.

Index: 5
Data type: DS-69
Access: auto, man, OOSTARGET• Change the block mode.
ACTUAL• Displays the current block mode.
PERMITTED• Displays the modes supported by the block.
NORMAL• Displays the block mode during standard operation.

208

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Block Error/
BLOCK_ERR
Display

Displays the active block error.

Index: 6
Data type: bit string
Access: read only

Possibilities:• Out of service (OOS):– The Analog Input Block is in the OOS block mode.
– The Resource Block is in the OOS block mode.
• Simulation active: DIP switch 2 "Simulation" on the electronic insert is set to "on",i.e. simulation is possible.
– The simulation mode for the Analog Input Block is active.  ä 210, Simulate/
SIMULATE parameter description.
• Input failure: The input value transmitted by the Pressure or DP_Flow Transducer
Block is not valid (BAD status). This could be due to the following:– The Pressure or DP_Flow Transducer Block is in the OOS block mode.
– A device error is present. In the Diagnosis Transducer Block, the Diagnostic code
parameter displays an error code.  See also these Operating Instructions,
Section 11.1 "Messages".

The "Input failure" block error is relayed to downstream function blocks or highorder process control systems by means of the BAD status of the output value of the
OUT Analog Input Block.
• Block configuration error: There is a configuration error in the Analog Input Block.
This could be due to the following:– By means of the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE parameter, a unit was selected that
does not suit the input value configured in the Channel/CHANNEL parameter.
– No valid input value was selected by means of the Channel/CHANNEL parameter.
 ä 211, Channel/CHANNEL parameter description.
– An unsuitable linearization mode was selected via the Linearization Type/
L_TYPE parameter.  ä 212, Linearization Type/L_TYPE parameter
description.
– The "Direct" linearization mode was selected by means of the Linearization Type/
L_TYPE parameter. The scaling for the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE and Output
Scale/OUT_SCALE parameters do not match.
– If you assign the same process variable, such as "Primary value", to two Analog
Input Blocks, the same scaling values and units have to be set for both blocks.
Process Value/PV
Display
Index: 7
Data type: DS-65
Access: read only

The PV parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
VALUE• Displays the process variable used for block execution
STATUS• Displays the status of the process variable.

The unit used by the Output Scale/OUT_SCALE parameter is accepted.
Output/OUT
Display, entry
Index: 8
Data type: DS-65
Access: auto, man, OOS

The Output/OUT parameter is a structured parameter consisting of two elements.
VALUE• Displays the output value of the Analog Input Block.
STATUS• Displays the status of the Output/OUT value.

• The output value Output/OUT is also transmitted if it is outside the scaling range of
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE.
• The unit used by the Output Scale/OUT_SCALE parameter is accepted.
• If the "MAN" (manual) block mode was selected by means of the Block Mode/
MODE_BLK parameter, the output value Output/OUT and its status can be specified
manually here.

Endress+Hauser

209

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Simulate/SIMULATE
Entry, display

The Simulate/SIMULATE parameter is a structured parameter consisting of fiveelements. As the value and status specified here run through the complete algorithm,
the behavior of the Analog Input Block can be checked.

Index: 9
Data type: DS-82
Access: auto, man, OOS

SIMULATE_STATUS• Enter the status for simulation.
SIMULATE_STATUS• Enter the simulation value.
TRANSDUCER_STATUS• Displays the current status of the Transducer Block which is linked to the Analog
Input Block via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter.
TRANSDUCER_VALUE• Displays the current process value of the Transducer Block, which is linked to theAnalog Input Block via the Channel/CHANNEL parameter.
ENABLE_DISABLE• Switch the simulation mode on and off.

The "Simulation" DIP switch on the electronic insert must be set to "On".
Factory setting:
Simulation disabled (simulation mode not active)
Transducer Scale/
XD_SCALE
Entry, selection
Index: 10
Data type: DS-68
Access: man, OOS

The Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE parameter is a structured parameter consisting offour elements.
EU_100:• Enter the upper limit for the input value of the Analog Input Block.
• Factory setting: 100
EU_0:• Enter the lower limit for the input value of the Analog Input Block.
• Factory setting: 0
UNITS_INDEX:• Select the unit.
• Factory setting: %DECIMAL:• Displays the number of places after the decimal point for the input value.
• Factory setting: 2• The Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE parameter corresponds to the Primary Value
Range/PRIMARY_VALUE_ RANGE parameter ( ä 178) in the Transducer Block.
• If the "Direct" option was selected via the Linearization Type/L_TYPE parameter, thesettings for the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE and Output Scale/OUT_SCALE
parameters must be identical. If this is not the case, the block goes to the OOS modeand the "Block config error" message is displayed in the Block Error/BLOCK_ERR
parameter.

210

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Output Scale/
OUT_SCALE
Entry, display

The Output Scale/OUT_SCALE parameter is a structured parameter consisting of four
elements.

Index: 11
Data type: DS-68
Access: auto, man, OOS

EU_100:• Enter the upper limit for the output value of the AI Block OUT ( ä 209).
• Factory setting: 100
EU_0:• Enter the lower limit for the output value of the AI Block OUT.
• Factory setting: 0
UNITS_INDEX:• Select the unit.
• Factory setting: %DECIMAL:• Displays the number of places after the decimal point for the OUT output value.
• Factory setting: 2• The OUT output value is also transmitted if it is outside the scaling range. The statuschanges to BAD.
• If the "Direct" option was selected via the Linearization Type/L_TYPE parameter, thesettings for the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE and Output Scale/OUT_SCALE
parameters must be identical. If this is not the case, the block goes to the OOS modeand the "Block config error" message is displayed in the Block Error/BLOCK_ERR
parameter.
Grant Deny/
GRANT_DENY
Options

Grant or restrict access authorization for a fieldbus host system to the device. Thisparameter is not evaluated by Deltabar M, Cerabar M and Deltapilot M.

Index: 12
Data type: DS-70
Access: auto, man, OOS
I/O Options/
IO_OPTS
Options

Activate options for processing the input and output values of the function block.
Factory setting:No option activatedIndex: 13
Data type: bit string
Access: OOS
Status Options/
STATUS_OPTS
Options

Specify status processing and processing of the Output/OUT output parameter.
Factory setting:No options active

Index: 14
Data type: bit string
Access: OOS
Channel/CHANNEL
Options
Index: 15
Data type:
Access: OOS

Assign the output variables (process variables) of the "Pressure" or "Totalizer"
Transducer Blocks to an Analog Input Block as the input value.
Possibilities• 1: Primary value from the Pressure Transducer Block - a pressure, level or flow value
depending on the measuring mode selected• 2: Secondary value from the Pressure Transducer Block, here the sensor
temperature• 6: Totalizer 1 from the DP_Flow Transducer Block
Factory setting:• Analog Input Block 1: Channel/CHANNEL = 1: Primary value (pressure measured
value)• Analog Input Block 2: Channel/CHANNEL = 2: Secondary value (sensor
temperature)• Analog Input Block 3: Channel/CHANNEL = 6: Totalizer 1

Endress+Hauser

211

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Linearization Type/
L_TYPE
Options

Select the linearization mode for the input value.

Index: 16
Data type: unsigned8
Access: OOS

Options:• Direct: In this setting, the input value bypasses the linearization function and islooped unchanged with the same unit through the Analog Input function block.
With this option, the scaling and unit for the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE and
Output Scale/OUT_SCALE parameters must be identical. If this is not the case, theblock goes to the OOS mode and the "Block config error" message is displayed in the
Block Error/BLOCK_ERR parameter.
• Indirect: The input value is rescaled linearly via the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE
input scaling to the desired Output Scale/OUT_SCALE output range.
• Indirect square root: The input value is rescaled via the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE
parameter and recalculated using a root function. It is then rescaled again to thedesired output range via the Output Scale/OUT_SCALE parameter.
Factory setting:DirectLow Cutoff/LOW_CUT
Entry
Index: 17
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Enter the limit value for the low flow cut off. If the converted measured value is below
this limit value, the Process Value/PV parameter displays "0".

This parameter is only active if the "Low cutoff" option was activated via the I/O
Options/ IO_OPTS parameter.
Input range:
Range and unit of Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211).
Factory setting:0

Process value filter
time/PV_FTIME
Entry
Index: 18
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Enter the filter time constant for the 1st order digital filter. This time is required inorder for 63% of a change in the controlled variable IN to have an effect on the valueof Process Value/PV.

63 %

PV
IN
PV_FTIMEt[s]
A0030421

Factory setting:
0s
Field Value/
FIELD_VALUE
Display
Index: 19
Data type:
Access: read only212

The Field Value/FIELD_VALUE parameter is a structured parameter consisting of twoelements.
VALUE• Displays the process variables after input scaling of the Analog Input Block. The
value relates to a percentage of the Transducer Scale/XD_SCALE input range and is
replaced by the simulation value when simulation is active.
STATUS• Displays the current status.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Update Event/
UPDATE_EVT
Display

The Update Event/UPDATE_EVT parameter is a structured parameter consisting offive elements.

Index: 20
Data type: DS-73
Access: read only

ACKNOWLEDGED• This element is set to "Unacknowledged" as soon as a static parameter changes.
REPORTED• Displays the date and time when the message was generated.
TIME_STAMP• Displays the date and time when a static parameter was changed.
STATIC_REVISION• This revision counter is increased with the alarm.
RELATIVE_INDEX• Displays the altered parameter in the form of the relative index. See also this Table,"Parameter, Index" column.

Block Alarm/
BLOCK_ALM
Display, selection
Index: 21
Data type: DS-72
Access: auto, man, OOS

The Block Alarm/BLOCK_ALM parameter is a structured parameter consisting of fiveelements.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• If the "Deactivated" option was selected for the alarm that occurred by means of the
Acknowledge Option/ACK_OPTION parameter, this alarm can only be
acknowledged by means of this element.
ALARM_STATE• Use this function to display the current block condition with information on pending
configuration, hardware or system errors. The following block alarm messages are
possible with the Analog Input Block:– Simulate active– Input failure– Block config error– Out of service
TIME_STAMP• Displays the time when the alarm occurred.
SUB_CODE• Displays the reason why the alarm was reported.
VALUE• Displays the value of the corresponding parameter at the time the alarm wasreported.

Alarm Summary/
ALARM_SUM
Display, selection
Index: 22
Data type: DS-74
Access: auto; man, OOS

The Alarm Summary/ALARM_SUM parameter is a structured parameter consisting offour elements.
CURRENT• Displays the current status of the process alarms in the Analog Input Block. The
following alarms are possible: HiHiAlm, HiAlm, LoLoAlm, LoAlm and BlockAlm.
UNACKNOWLEDGED• Displays the process alarms not confirmed.
UNREPORTED• Displays the process alarms not reported.
DISABLED• Possibility of deactivating process alarms.

Endress+Hauser

213Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Acknowledge Option/
ACK_OPTION
Options

Use this parameter to specify the process alarm to be acknowledged automatically assoon as it is detected by the fieldbus host system. If the option is activated for a process
alarm, this process alarm is acknowledged automatically by the fieldbus host system.

Index: 23
Data type: bit string
Access: auto, man, OOS

Options:• HiHiAlm: upper critical limit value alarm• HiAlm: upper limit value alarm• LoLoAlm: lower critical limit value alarm• LoAlm: lower limit value alarm• BlockAlm: block alarm

The message has to be acknowledged via the Block Alarm/BLOCK_ALM parameter,
UNACKNOWLEDGE element for process alarms for which automatic confirmation is
not active.
Factory setting:
The option is not active for any process alarm, i.e. every process alarm message mustbe acknowledged manually.
Alarm Hysteresis/
ALARM_HYS
Entry
Index: 24
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Enter hysteresis value for the upper and lower alarm value or critical alarm value.
The hysteresis affects the following alarm or critical alarm limit values:• High High Alarm/HI_HI_ALM: upper critical alarm limit value• High Alarm/HI_ALM: upper alarm limit value• Low Alarm/LO_ALM: lower alarm limit value• Low Low Alarm/LO_LO_ALM: lower critical alarm limit value

HI_HI_LIM
HI_LIM

ALARM_HYS
ALARM_HYS

OUT
ALARM_HYS
ALARM_HYSt

LO_LIM
LO_LO_LIM

HI_HI_ALM 10t

HI_ALM 1
0t

LO_ALM 10t

LO_LO_ALM 1
0t
A0030423

Fig. 52:

Illustration of the output value Output/OUT with limit values andhysteresis as well as the alarms High High Alarm/HI_HI_ALM,
High Alarm/HI_ALM, Low Alarm/LO_ALM and Low Low Alarm/LO_LO_ALM

Input range:
0.0 to 50.0 % with regard to the range of the Output Scale/OUT_SCALE group( ä 211).
Factory setting:
0.5 %

214

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

High High Priority/
HI_HI_PRI
Entry

Specify how the system should react if the High High Limit/HI_HI_LIM limit value( ä 215 ) is overshot.

Index: 25
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, man, OOS

Input range:• 0...15• 0: The alarm is suppressed.
• 1: The alarm is detected by the system. No notification is issued.
• 2: Reserved for block alarms.
• 3-7: Informative alarm with increasing priority,
3: Low priority, 7: High priority• 8-15: Critical alarm with increasing priority,
8: Low priority, 15: High priority
Factory setting:0

High High Limit/
HI_HI_LIM
Entry

Enter upper critical limit value.

Index: 26
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Factory setting:+INF

High Priority/HI_PRI
EntrySpecify how the system should react if the High Limit/HI_LIM limit value ( ä 215 )is overshot.

Index: 27
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, man, OOS

Input range:
Range and units of Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211)

Input range:• 0...15• 0: The alarm is suppressed.
• 1: The alarm is detected by the system. No notification is issued.
• 2: Reserved for block alarms.
• 3-7: Informative alarm with increasing priority,
3: Low priority, 7: High priority• 8-15: Critical alarm with increasing priority,
8: Low priority, 15: High priority
Factory setting:0

High Limit/HI_LIM
Entry
Index: 28
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS
Low Priority/LO_PRI
Entry
Index: 29
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, man, OOS

Enter upper limit value.
Input range:
Range and units of Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211)
Factory setting:+INF
Specify how the system should react if the Low Limit/LO_LIM limit value ( ä 215)
is undershot.
Input range:• 0...15• 0: The alarm is suppressed.
• 1: The alarm is detected by the system. No notification is issued.
• 2: Reserved for block alarms.
• 3-7: Informative alarm with increasing priority,
3: Low priority, 7: High priority• 8-15: Critical alarm with increasing priority,
8: Low priority, 15: High priority
Factory setting:0

Low Limit/LO_LIM
Entry
Index: 30
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Endress+HauserEnter lower limit value.
Input range:
Range and units of Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 211)
Factory setting:
–INF

215

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Low Low Priority/
LO_LO_PRI
Entry

Specify how the system should react if the Low Low Limit/LO_LO_LIM limit value( ä 216) is undershot.

Index: 31
Data type: unsigned8
Access: auto, man, OOS

Input range:• 0...15• 0: The alarm is suppressed.
• 1: The alarm is detected by the system. No notification is issued.
• 2: Reserved for block alarms.
• 3-7: Informative alarm with increasing priority,
3: Low priority, 7: High priority• 8-15: Critical alarm with increasing priority,
8: Low priority, 15: High priority
Factory setting:0

Low Low Limit/
LO_LO_LIM
Entry

Enter lower critical limit value.

Index: 32
Data type: float
Access: auto, man, OOS

Factory setting:–INF

Low Low Alarm/
LO_LO_ALM
Display, selection

Status display for the Low Low Limit/LO_LO_LIM limit value ( ä 216).

Input range:
Range and units of Output Scale/OUT_SCALE ( ä 216)

Index: 33
Data type: DS-71
Access: auto, man, OOS
High High Alarm/
HI_HI_ALM
Display, selection

Status display for the High High Limit/HI_HI_LIM limit value ( ä 215).

Index: 33
Data type: DS-71
Access: auto, man, OOS
High Alarm/HI_ALM
Display, selection

Status display for the High Limit/HI_LIM limit value ( ä 215).

Index: 34
Data type: DS-71
Access: auto, man, OOS
Low Alarm/LO_ALM
Display, selection

Status display for the Low Limit/LO_LIM limit value ( ä 215).

Index: 35
Data type: DS-71
Access: auto, man, OOS

216

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Fsafe type/
FSAFE_TYPE
Options

If the Analog Input Block receives an input value or simulation value with the status
BAD, the Analog Input Block continues working with the failsafe mode defined bymeans of this parameter.

Index: 37
Data type: unsigned8
Access: man, OOS

The following options are available by means of the Fsafe type/FSAFE_TYPE
parameter:• Last Good Value
The last valid value is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Fail Safe Value
The value specified by means of the Fsafe value/FSAFE_VALUE parameter is used
for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN. See this table, Fsafe type/
FSAFE_TYPE parameter description.
• Wrong Value
The current value is used for further processing with the status BAD.

The failsafe mode is also activated if the "Out of service" option was selected by meansof the Block Mode/MODE_BLK parameter, "Target" element.
Factory setting:
Fail Safe Value
Fsafe value/
FSAFE_VALUE
Entry
Index: 38
Data type: float
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS, ManHigh High Alarm
Output Discrete/
HIHI_ALM_OUT_D

Enter the value for the "Fail Safe Value" option selected via the Fsafe type/
FSAFE_TYPE parameter.
See also this table, Fsafe type/FSAFE_TYPE parameter description.
Factory setting:0

Digital outputs (1 or 0) for limit value monitoring. If the Process Value/PV  High High
Limit/HI_HI_LIM, the output is set to "1".

Index: 39
Data type: DS66
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS, ManHigh alarm output
discrete/
HI_ALM_OUT_D

Digital outputs (1 or 0) for limit value monitoring. If the Process Value/PV High
Limit/HI_LIM, the output is set to "1".

Index: 40
Data type: DS66
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS, Man
Low alarm output
discrete/
LO_ALM_OUT_D

Digital outputs (1 or 0) for limit value monitoring. If the Process Value/PV  Low Low
Limit/LO_LO_LIM, the output is set to "1".

Index: 41
Data type: DS66
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS, Man
Low Low Alarm Output
Discrete/LOLO_ALM_
OUT_D

Digital outputs (1 or 0) for limit value monitoring. If the Process Value/PV  Low
Limit/LO_LIM, the output is set to "1".

Index: 42
Data type: DS66
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS, Man

Endress+Hauser

217

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Analog Input Block
Parameter

Description

Select Alarm Mode/
ALARM_MODE

Facilitates alarm mode settings for the Alarm Output Discrete/ALM_OUT_D
parameter.

Index: 43
Data type: DS66
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS, Man
Alarm Output Discrete/
ALM_OUT_D
Index: 44
Data type: DS-66
Access: wr for Auto,
OOS, Man

Options• Low Cutoff/LOW_CUT• HiHi or LoLo Alarm activates ALARM_OUT_D/HIHI_LOLO• Hi or Lo Alarm activates ALARM_OUT_D/HI_LO
The Alarm Output Discrete/ALM_OUT_D parameter comprises the 4 alarms (LO,
LOLO, HI, HIHI). The 3 values make it possible to view the current, activated alarm
depending on the alarm selected.
Options:• LOW_CUT alarm (default): The ALM_OUT_D output returns 1 if the LOW_CUT
function restricts the measured value to 0. Otherwise the ALM_OUT_D output is 0.
• HIHI/LOLO collective alarm: The ALM_OUT_D output returns 1 if the measured
value corresponds to the HIHI limit value or overshoots this value if the measured
value corresponds to the LOLO limit value or undershoots this value. The output
returns 0 if the measured value is between the limit values HIHI and LOLO.
• HI/LO collective alarm: The ALM_OUT_D output returns 1 if the measured value
corresponds to the HI limit value or overshoots this value if the measured value
corresponds to the LO limit value or undershoots this value. The output returns 0 if
the measured value is between the limit values HI and LO.

Block Error Description/ Detailed description of the errors that occur within the block.
BLOCK_ERR_DESC_1
Error messages:• RS_BLOCK in OOS
Index: 45• Block not scheduled
Data type: unsigned32• Channel undefined
Access: wr for Auto,• L-Type undefined
OOS, Man• AI / TRD unit inconsistent

218

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

9.12.5

Commissioning with the FF configuration program

Backup or duplicate device data

The device has no memory module. With an operating tool based on FDT technology (e.g.
FieldCare), you have the following options (see parameter "Download select"  ä 119 inoperating menu or via Resource block  ä 173):• Saving/rescuing configuration data
• Duplicating instrument configurations• Transferring all relevant parameters when replacing electronic inserts.
For more information, read the operating manual for the FieldCare operating program.

Endress+Hauser

219

Maintenance

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

10

Maintenance

Deltabar M requires no maintenance.
For Cerabar M and Deltapilot M keep the pressure compensation and GORE-TEX® filter (1)free from contamination.

1

A0028502

10.1

Cleaning instructions

Endress+Hauser offer flushing rings as accessories to clean process isolating diaphragms
without taking the transmitters out of the process.
For further information please contact your local Endress+Hauser Sales Center.

10.1.1

Cerabar M PMP55

We recommend you perform CIP (cleaning in place (hot water)) before SIP (sterilization inplace (steam)) for pipe diaphragm seals. A frequent use of sterilization in place (SIP) will
increase the stress on the process isolating diaphragm. Under unfavorable circumstances in
the long term view we cannot exclude that a frequent temperature change could lead to amaterial fatigue of the process isolating diaphragm and possibly to a leakage.

10.2

Exterior cleaning

Please note the following points when cleaning the device:• The cleaning agents used should not corrode the surface and the seals.
• Mechanical damage to the process isolating diaphragm, e.g. due to pointed objects, must
be avoided.
• Observe the degree of protection of the device. See the nameplate if necessary ( ä 8 ff).

220

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Troubleshooting

11

Troubleshooting

11.1

Messages

The following table lists the messages that can occur. The Diagnostic code/
ACTUAL_HIGHEST_ALARM parameter displays the message with the highest priority. The
device has four different status information codes according to NE107:• F = failure• M (warning) = maintenance required• C (warning) = function check• S (warning) = out of specification (deviations from the permitted ambient or process
conditions determined by the device with the self-monitoring function, or errors in thedevice itself indicate that the measuring uncertainty is greater than what would be
expected under normal operating conditions).
Message display:• Local operation:– The measured value display shows the message with the highest priority.
– The Diagnostic code/ACTUAL_HIGHEST_ALARM parameter displays all messagespresent in descending order of priority. You can scroll through all the messages pending
using the S or O key.
• FieldCare:The Diagnostic code/ACTUAL_HIGHEST_ALARM parameter displays the message withthe highest priority.
See the "Priority" column.
• Diagnostic Transducer Block (FF configuration program):
The Diagnostic code/ACTUAL_HIGHEST_ALARM parameter displays the message withthe highest priority. Every message is also output as per the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Specification by means of the Transducer error/XD_ERROR and Block error/
BLOCK_ERROR parameters.
Numbers are given for these parameters in the following table which are explained ä 224.
• You can view a list of the active alarms via the Diagnostic code/
ACTUAL_HIGHEST_ALARM parameter.
• You can view a list of alarms which are no longer active (event log) via the Last diag. code/
LAST_ALARM_INFOS parameter.
Diagnostic
code

Error message

XD_ERROR
Value

BLOCK_ERROR
bits

Cause

Measure0

No error

–

–

–

–

C484

Error simul.

170– Fault state simulation is switched on, i.e. End the simulation
the device is not measuring at present.

C485

Measure simul.

170– Simulation is switched on, i.e. the device End the simulation
is not measuring at present.

C824

Process pressure 20

8

1. Check the pressure value– Overpressure or low pressure present.
– Electromagnetic effects are greater than 2. Restart the device
specifications in the technical data. This 3. Perform a reset
message normally only appears briefly.

F002

Sens. unknown

20

8– Sensor does not suit the device(electronic sensor nameplate).

Contact Endress+Hauser Service

F062

Sensor conn.

20

8– Cable connection between sensor andmain electronics disconnected.
– Sensor defect.
– Electromagnetic effects are greater thanspecifications in the technical data.

1. Check sensor cable
2. Replace electr.
3. Contact Endress+Hauser Service
4. Replace sensor (snap-on
Version)Endress+Hauser

221Troubleshooting

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Diagnostic
code

Error message

XD_ERROR
Value

BLOCK_ERROR
bits

Cause

F081

Initialization

20

8

1. Perform a reset– Cable connection between sensor and
2. Check sensor cablemain electronics disconnected.
3. Contact Endress+Hauser Service– Sensor defect.
– Electromagnetic effects are greater thanspecifications in the technical data. Thismessage normally only appears briefly.

F083

Permanent
mem.

20

8

1. Restart the device– Sensor defect.
– Electromagnetic effects are greater than 2. Contact Endress+Hauser Service
specifications in the technical data. Thismessage normally only appears briefly.

F140

Working range P 20

8

1. Check the process pressure– Overpressure or low pressure present.
– Electromagnetic effects are greater than 2. Check the sensor range
specifications in the technical data.
– Sensor defect.

F261

Electronics

20

8– Main electronics defective.
– Fault in the main electronics.

1. Restart the device
2. Replace electr.

F282

Data memory20

9– Fault in the main electronics.
– Main electronics defective.

1. Restart the device
2. Replace electr.

F283

Permanent
mem.

23

11

1. Perform a reset– Main electronics defective.
– Electromagnetic effects are greater than 2. Replace electr.
specifications in the technical data.
– The supply voltage is disconnected whenwriting.
– An error occurred when writing.

F510

Linearization

19

13– The linearization table is being edited.

1. Conclude entries
2. Select "linear"

F511

Linearization

19

13– The linearization table consists of lessthan 2 points.

1. Table too small
2. Corr. table
3. Accept the table

F512

Linearization

19

13– The linearization table is not monotonic 1. Tab. not monotonic
increasing or decreasing.
2. Corr. table
3. Accept the table

F841

Sensor range

178– Overpressure or low pressure present.
– Sensor defect.

1. Check the pressure value
2. Contact Endress+Hauser Service

F882

Input signal

220– External measured value is not received
or displays a failure status.

1. Check the bus
2. Check source device
3. Check the setting

M002

Sens. unknown

17

8– Sensor does not suit the device(electronic sensor nameplate). Device
continues measuring.

Contact Endress+Hauser Service

M283

Permanent
mem.

23

11

– Cause as indicated for F283.
– Correct measurement can continue aslong as you do not need the peakholdindicator function.

1. Perform a reset
2. Replace electr.

M402

Initialization

23

11– Cause as indicated for F283.
– Correct measurement can continue aslong as you do not need the setpoint
function of the FF function blocks.

1. Wait 2 minutes
2. Restart the device
3. Contact Endress+Hauser Service

M434

Scaling18

13– Values for calibration (e.g. lower range 1. Check the measuring range
2. Check the setting
value and upper range value) are too
3. Contact Endress+Hauser Service
close together.
– Lower range value and/or upper range
value undershoot or overshoot thesensor range limits.
– The sensor was replaced and thecustomer-specific configuration does not
suit the sensor.
– Unsuitable download carried out.

222

MeasureEndress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Troubleshooting

Diagnostic
code

Error message

XD_ERROR
Value

BLOCK_ERROR
bits

Cause

M438

Data record

23

10– The supply voltage is disconnected when 1. Check setting
writing.
2. Restart the device
3. Replace electr.
– An error occurred when writing.

M472

Buffer17

6– Writing too often to EEPROM– Reduce write accessing to
EEPROM.

M515

Configuration
Flow

18

13

– Max. flow out of nominal range ofsensor

1. Recalibrate the device
2. Restart the device

M882

Input signal

220– External measured value displays awarning status.

1. Check the bus
2. Check source device
3. Check the setting

S110

Working range T 20

8

– Over temperature and low temperature 1. Check proc. temp.
2. Check temperature range
present.
– Electromagnetic effects are greater thanspecifications in the technical data.
– Sensor defect.

S140

Working range P 20

8

– Overpressure and low pressure present. 1. Check the process pressure– Electromagnetic effects are greater than 2. Check the sensor range
specifications in the technical data.
– Sensor defect.

S822

Process temp.

17

8– The temperature measured in the sensor 1. Check the temperature
2. Check the setting
is greater than the upper nominal
temperature of the sensor.
– The temperature measured in the sensor
is lower than the lower nominal
temperature of the sensor.

S841

Sensor range

178– Overpressure or low pressure present.
– Sensor defect.

Endress+Hauser

Measure1. Check the pressure value
2. Contact Endress+Hauser Service

223

Troubleshooting

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Explanation of XD_ERROR and BLOCK_ERROR• F = failure• M (warning) = maintenance required• C (warning) = function check• S (warning) = out of specification (deviations from the permitted ambient or process
conditions determined by the device with the self-monitoring function, or errors in thedevice itself indicate that the measuring uncertainty is greater than what would be
expected under normal operating conditions).
Error type

Code

XD_ERRORValue

XD_ERROR Text

F (failure)2, 62, 81, 83

20

140

BLOCK_ERROR Text

PV Status

Electronics failure 8

Sensor failure

Bad Sensor failure

20

Electronics failure 8

Sensor failure

Bad Sensor failure

261, 282

20

Electronics failure 9

Memory failure

Bad Device failure

283

23

Data integrity
error

11

Lost NV data

Bad Device failure

510, 511,
512

19

Configuration
error

13

Device needs maintenancenow

Bad Configuration error

841

17

General error

8

Sensor failure

Bad Sensor failure

882

22

I/O failure

0

Other

Bad Non-specific17

General error

8

Sensor failure

Uncertain non-specific283, 402

23

Data integrity
error

11

Lost NV data

Uncertain non-specific434, 515

18

Calibration error

13

Device needs maintenancenow

Uncertain non-specific

438

23

Data integrity
error

10

Lost static data

Uncertain non-specific

472

17

General error

6

Device needs maintenancesoon

Uncertain non-specific

882

22

I/O failure

0

Other

Uncertain sub-normal

484, 485

17

General error

0

Other

Uncertain non-specific

824

20

Electronics failure 8

Sensor failure

Uncertain Non-specific

110

20

Electronics failure 8

Sensor failure

Uncertain Sensor conversion notaccurate

140

20Electronics failure 8

Sensor failure

Uncertain Sensor conversion notaccurate

822

17

General error

8

Sensor failure

Uncertain
Sensor conversion not accurate

841

17

General error

8

Sensor failure

Uncertain
Sensor conversion not accurate(M) warning 2(C) warning(S) warning

224

BLOCK_ERROR bits

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

11.1.1

Troubleshooting

Onsite display error messages

If the device detects a defect in the onsite display during initialization, the following error
messages can be displayed:
Message

MeasureInitialization, VU Electr. Defect
A110

Exchange onsite display.

Initialization, VU Electr. Defect
A114
Initialization, VU Electr. Defect
A281
Initialization, VU Checksum Err.
A110
Initialization, VU Checksum Err.
A112
Initialization, VU Checksum Err.
A171

11.2

Response of outputs to errors

The device makes a distinction between the message types F (failure) and M, S, C (warning).
 See the following table and  ä 221, Section 11.1 "Messages".
OutputF (failure)

M, S, C (warning)

FOUNDATION Fieldbus(FF configuration program/FieldCare)

The process variable in question is transmittedwith the status BAD.

Device continues measuring. The process variable inquestion is transmitted with the status UNCERTAIN.

Onsite display– The measured value and message aredisplayed alternately– Measured value display: F-symbol ispermanently displayed.

– The measured value and message are displayedalternately– Measured value display: M, S, or C-symbol flashes.

11.2.1

Analog Input Block

If the Analog Input Block receives an input value or simulation value with the status BAD,
the Analog Input Block continues working with the failsafe mode defined by means of theFsafe type/FSAFE_TYPE 1 parameter.
The following options are available by means of the Fsafe type/FSAFE_TYPE parameter:• Last Good Value
The last valid value is used for further processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Fail SafeValue
The value specified by means of the Fsafe value/FSAFE_VALUE 1 parameter is used forfurther processing with the status UNCERTAIN.
• Wrong Value
The current value is used for further processing with the status BAD.
Factory setting:• Fsafe type/FSAFE_TYPE: FsafeValue• Fsafe value/FSAFE_VALUE: 0

The failsafe mode is also activated if the "Out of service" option was selected by means of theBlock Mode/MODE_BLK parameter, "Target" element.
1 These parameters are not available by means of FieldCare.

Endress+Hauser

225

Troubleshooting

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

11.3

Repair

The Endress+Hauser repair concept provides for measuring devices to have a modular design
and that the customer can also carry out repairs (see  ä 226, Section 11.5 "Spare Parts").
• For certified devices, please see the "Repair of Ex-certified devices" section.
• For more information on service and spare parts, contact Endress+Hauser Service.
 See www.endress.com/worldwide.

11.4!

Repair of Ex-certified devices

WARNING

Limitation of electrical safety due to incorrect connection!
Risk of explosion!
When repairing Ex-certified devices, please note the following:• Only specialist personnel or Endress+Hauser may repair certified devices.
• Relevant standards, national hazardous area regulations and safety instructions andcertificates must be observed.
• Only genuine Endress+Hauser spare parts may be used.
• When ordering spare parts, please check the device designation on the nameplate.
Identical parts may only be used as replacements.
• Electronic inserts or sensors already in use in a standard device may not be used as spareparts for a certified device.
• Carry out repairs according to the instructions. Following a repair, the device must fulfill
the requirements of the specified individual tests.
• A certified device may only be converted to another certified device version by
Endress+Hauser.
• All repairs and modifications must be documented.

11.5

Spare Parts• Some replaceable measuring device components are identified by means of a spare part
nameplate. This contains information about the spare part.
• All the spare parts for the measuring device along with the order code are listed In the
W@M Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer) and can be ordered. If available,
users can also download the associated Installation Instructions.

Measuring device serial number:• Located on the device and spare part nameplate.
• Can be read out via the "Serial number" parameter in the "Instrument info" submenu.

11.6

ReturnThe measuring device must be returned if repairs or a factory calibration are required, or if
the wrong measuring device has been ordered or delivered. According to legal regulations,
Endress+Hauser, as a ISO-certified company, is required to follow certain procedures whenhandling returned products that are in contact with process fluids.
To ensure swift, safe and professional device returns, please read the return procedures andconditions on the Endress+Hauser website at www.services.endress.com/return-material.

11.7

Disposal

When disposing, separate and recycle the device components based on the materials.
226

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

11.8

Troubleshooting

Software history

DeviceDate

Software version

Software modifications

Operating Instructions

Cerabar M

12.201001.00.zz

Original software.

BA00384P/00/EN/01.11
71089568

Compatible with:– FieldCare from version 2.08.00– Field Communicator DXR375 with Device
Rev.: 1, DD Rev.: 1

BA00384P/00/EN/02.11
71134596
BA00384P/00/EN/03.11
71134885
BA00384P/00/EN/04.12
71157189
BA00384P/00/EN/05.12
71191310
BA00384P/00/EN/06.14
71241506
BA00384P/00/EN/07.14
71270337
BA00384P/00/EN/08.16
71316874

DeviceDate

Software version

Software modifications

Operating Instructions

Deltabar M

12.201001.00.zz

Original software.

BA00384P/00/EN/01.11
71089568

Compatible with:– FieldCare from version 2.08.00– Field Communicator DXR375 with Device
Rev.: 1, DD Rev.: 1

BA00384P/00/EN/02.11
71134596
BA00384P/00/EN/03.11
71134885
BA00384P/00/EN/04.12
71157189
BA00384P/00/EN/05.12
71191310
BA00384P/00/EN/06.14
71241506
BA00384P/00/EN/07.14
71270337
BA00384P/00/EN/08.16
71316874

Endress+Hauser

227

Technical data

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

DeviceDate

Software version

Software modifications

Operating Instructions

Deltapilot M

12.201001.00.zz

Original software.

BA00384P/00/EN/01.11
71089568

Compatible with:– FieldCare from version 2.08.00– Field Communicator DXR375 with Device
Rev.: 1, DD Rev.: 1

BA00384P/00/EN/02.11
71134596
BA00384P/00/EN/03.11
71134885
BA00384P/00/EN/04.12
71157189
BA00384P/00/EN/05.12
71191310
BA00384P/00/EN/06.14
71241506
BA00384P/00/EN/07.14
71270337
BA00384P/00/EN/08.16
71316874

12

Technical data

For the technical data, please refer to the Technical Information for Cerabar M TI00436P /Deltabar M TI00434P / Deltapilot M TI00437P.

228

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Index
A

Alarm messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Arbeitssicherheit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assignment of Transducer Blocks (CHANNEL) . . . . . . . 63

Level measurement, preparatory steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 159
Local display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Locking operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 54

B

M

Basic safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Block configuration, delivery status . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 165
Block model, Deltabar S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

C

Cable specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

D

Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Device addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Device identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Diaphragm seals, installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Diaphragm seals, vacuum application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Differential pressure measurement, installation. . . . . . 28
Differential pressure measurement, preparatory steps 91
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Measuring arrangement for pressure measurement . 15–
16
Measuring layout for flow measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Measuring layout for level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Measuring layout for pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . 28
Measuring mode selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71–72, 142
Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Mounting, suspension clamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

N

Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Network configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Number of devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

O

E

Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Error messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Operating elements, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 51
Operating elements, position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Operating keys, position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Operational safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Overvoltage protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

F

P

Factory setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
FieldCare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Flow measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Flow measurement, installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Flow measurement, preparatory steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
FOUNDATION Fieldbus system architecture . . . . . . . . . 56

Pipe mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 29, 35
Pos. Zero Adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 144
Position adjustment, onsite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Potential equalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Product safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

GRepair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Repair of Ex-certified devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Returning devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

General structure of the operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

H

Hazardous area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

IIndex tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Installation instructions for devices with diaphragm seals
17
Installation instructions for devices without diaphragmseals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

K

Keys, local, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 51
Keys, local, pressure measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

L

Language selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71–72, 142
Level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 74, 146
Level measurement, installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Endress+Hauser

R

S

Scaling OUT parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Scope of delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Separate housing, assembly and mounting . . . . . . . 22, 36
Shielding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

T

Temperature isolator, installation instructions. . . . . . . . 19
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

U

Unlocking operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 54
229

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

WWall and pipe-mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 35
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Welding recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

230

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar M, Deltabar M, Deltapilot M

Endress+Hauser

231

232

233

71316874

www.addresses.endress.com